This is only a preview of the October 2025 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 34 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "Digital Preamp & Crossover":
Items relevant to "HomeAssistant, Part 2":
Items relevant to "Vacuum Controller":
Items relevant to "Dual Train Controller":
Articles in this series:
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $14.00. |
OCTOBER 2025
ISSN 1030-2662
10
9 771030 266001
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
$14 00* NZ $14 90
INC GST
l
Digitaifier
pl
m
a
e
r
er
P
v
o
s
s
o
r
an d C
Du
a
Co l Tra
nt r
ol l i n
er
u
cu
Va r
op lle
sh ro
rk nt
Wo Co
t S pe a
ker, Pa
m
Penda
n
INC GST
rt 2
Autonomous
Vehicles
and Driver Assistance Systems
ALL NEW CATALOGUE!
It’s Back & PRINTED
Exciting news! The Jaycar Engineering & Scientific Catalogue has returned, and it’s our
biggest issue yet, with 604 pages packed full of the latest products, components, and tools.
ONLY
9
$ 95
^
The catalogue will be available for purchase from
our stores or online. Prefer digital? A convenient
flipbook version will also be available online.
www.jaycar.com.au | www.jaycar.co.nz
Australia
New Zealand
BJ5000 $9.95
BJ5002: $11.90
Scan the QR Code or visit:
AU: jaycar.com.au/p/BJ5000 NZ: jaycar.co.nz/p/BJ5002
Limited print run. Be quick before they sell out!
^Price Shown in $AUD - NZ price is $11.90
Contents
Vol.38, No.10
October 2025
12 Autonomous Vehicles
Part 1: Page 29
Fully autonomous vehicles and advanced driver assistance systems make a
driver’s job easier (or redundant!). We explain how they work, what different
systems have been developed and the different levels of autonomy.
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Automotive technology
46 HomeAssistant, Part 2
Here’s how to set up your own fully featured home automation system
using a Raspberry Pi. In this final part of the series, we cover the advanced
features like cameras, dashboards, remote access and more.
By Richard Palmer
Home automation
Digital
Preamplifier
and Crossover
68 Finding Bargain Speakers
This article will help you know what to look for when searching for goodquality second-hand speakers on a budget.
By Julian Edgar
Audio & hifi
94 Vintage Reinartz 2 TRF Receiver
John Reinartz was a skilled radio designer, and in the 1920s he published
a circuit for a two-valve tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver. A redesign
was later published by David Whitby in Electronics Australia, with a kit
manufactured by Technicraft in Katoomba, NSW.
By Philip Fitzherbert & Ian Batty
Vintage Radio
29 Digital Preamp & Crossover
This advanced preamplifier uses digital processing and can also act as a
crossover. It has three digital inputs, two digital outputs, four analog stereo
inputs, four stereo outputs, high-fidelity USB & a stereo monitoring channel.
By Phil Prosser
Audio/hifi project
54 Vacuum Controller
Automatically switch on a vacuum when a tool like a circular saw is started.
It has an adjustable run time after the appliance is turned off, optional blast
gate control and is rated for up to 10A <at> 230V AC for each appliance.
By John Clarke
Workshop project
72 Dual Train Controller
Wirelessly control two different model locomotives from a single box (and
possibly up to 10 trains and onboard sounds!). This is an add-on to the
Battery-Powered Model Train project from January 2025.
By Les Kerr
Model railway project
80 Pendant Speaker, Part 2
We show you how to build, test and tune your new Pendant Speaker. It’s
easy to assemble using a pre-made enclosure and can be configured
differently depending on how you will be mounting and using it.
By Julian Edgar
Audio/hifi project
Vacuum
Controller
For workshops, starting on p54
2
Editorial Viewpoint
4
Mailbag
24
Circuit Notebook
52
Subscriptions
86
Serviceman’s Log
92
98
Online Shop – Parts
Online Shop – Kits
99
Ask Silicon Chip
103
Market Centre
104
Advertising Index
104
Notes & Errata
1. Driving a numerical VFD with a PIC
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke – B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Bao Smith – B.Sc.
Tim Blythman – B.E., B.Sc.
Advertising Enquiries
(02) 9939 3295
adverts<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Allan Linton-Smith
Dave Thompson
David Maddison – B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Dr Hugo Holden – B.H.B, MB.ChB.,
FRANZCO
Ian Batty – M.Ed.
Phil Prosser – B.Sc., B.E.(Elec.)
Cartoonist
Louis Decrevel
loueee.com
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson – B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (Australia only)
6 issues (6 months): $72.50
12 issues (1 year):
$135
24 issues (2 years):
$255
Online subscription (Worldwide)
6 issues (6 months): $52.50
12 issues (1 year):
$100
24 issues (2 years):
$190
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
* recommended & maximum price only
Postal address: PO Box 194,
Matraville, NSW 2036.
Phone: (02) 9939 3295.
ISSN: 1030-2662
Printing and Distribution:
14 Hardner Rd, Mount Waverley VIC 3149
54 Park St, Sydney NSW 2000
2
Silicon Chip
Editorial Viewpoint
We need Intel
My editorial in the September 2024 issue was titled
“Intel is in trouble”, and it turned out to be uncomfortably accurate. Intel once seemed like a juggernaut,
but a mix of strategic missteps and what I would call
complacency has left the company struggling for relevance. Once enormously profitable, it is now fighting to survive.
Intel still doesn’t have many true rivals. A decade
ago, it was practically a monopoly; now AMD, Apple, NVIDIA and even
Qualcomm are pressing hard. Yet Intel remains hugely important. The computer industry needs it – not just as a supplier, but to keep competition alive.
Intel’s history proves it can innovate. From its groundbreaking DRAM,
EPROM and flash memory in the early 1970s, to the x86 architecture in the
late ’70s, and later technologies like USB, Thunderbolt, Ethernet and integrated WiFi, the company helped shape modern computing.
I believe Intel will endure, possibly with government support, since it is
‘too big to fail’. But I hope it can claw its way back into competitiveness on
its own. It has rebounded before, and it can again.
Ironically, the seeds of today’s situation were sown in Intel’s glory days. Its
main rival in the early 2000s, AMD, surged with the Athlon 64 in 2003 and
the dual-core Opterons and Athlon 64 X2s in 2005. But from 2007 to 2009,
a mix of design bugs and poor yields drove AMD to the brink of bankruptcy.
To survive, it spun off its fabrication plants into a new business, GlobalFoundries, and became a fabless chip designer. For most of the 2010s, AMD
floundered with the underwhelming Bulldozer architecture.
With AMD weak, Intel grew complacent. For much of the decade, its ‘new’
CPUs were minor refreshes of the same four-core design. Worse, Intel’s long
dominance in semiconductor manufacturing collapsed when it failed to make
the transition from 14nm to 10nm processes in a timely manner.
Intel moved to 14nm in 2014 with their Broadwell architecture. They
planned to move to 10nm in 2016, but they ended up being mostly stuck on
14nm until Alder Lake in 2021. Five years is a long time to be standing still
in the world of technology! This broke Intel’s streak of being at the forefront
of semiconductor process nodes since the late 1980s.
Meanwhile, AMD tapped the rapidly advancing process technology of
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC). They moved from
10nm to 7nm, then 5nm and 4nm, all while Intel stalled. TSMC is now widely
considered the world leader in cutting-edge semiconductor fabrication; even
Intel uses them for their latest desktop processors.
While TSMC was improving its semiconductor manufacturing technology,
AMD was preparing its comeback. In 2017, it launched the Zen architecture,
offering up to eight cores versus Intel’s typical four. Then in 2019 came Zen
2, a bombshell: up to 16 cores by joining two 8-core ‘chiplets’ together with
a separate I/O die.
AMD has refined that formula ever since, now producing CPUs with an
incredible 192 cores, while Intel resorted to ever-higher powers and voltages
to stay competitive in the desktop space. This culminated in the chip degradation problems I covered last year. Intel has also now adopted the chiplet concept they once derided. So get well, Intel; we need you to keep the
industry competitive and innovative.
If this saga proves anything, it’s that in semiconductors, complacency is
fatal. AMD learned that lesson the hard way in the 2010s. Intel is learning it
now – the question is whether it can turn that lesson into innovation before
it’s too late. Note: a couple of days after writing this, the US Government
bought a 10% stake in Intel.
by Nicholas Vinen
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd has the right to edit, reproduce in electronic form, and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman’s Log”.
Schematics or documentation wanted for stroboscope
I would like to know if any reader can assist me with a
circuit schematic and any available servicing information
for the Strobotron (Neon flash tube stroboscope) shown in
the photos, and made by Weston Electronics P/L Sydney.
This unit dates from the 1960s and has a dial reading in
CPS (Hz) and RPM and a range of 200 RPM to 3600 RPM.
It contains a 6AQ8 double triode and a Ferranti NSP1
neon flash tube. I am happy to pay copying and/or postage
expenses. You can contact me by emailing Silicon Chip.
Gary Hovey, Braidwood, NSW.
Another magazine giveaway
Like so many of your readers, I have been an avid reader
of your magazine for many years, but now need to downsize. I have a full set of Silicon Chip magazines, in excellent condition, from 1989 to 2025. They are free to a good
home. Interested readers can email Silicon Chip to pass a
message on to me.
Alex Danilov, Naremburn, NSW.
One pair of Ultra-LD Mk.3 amplifiers is blowing fuses
I am writing regarding a pair of Ultra-LD Mk.3 amplifiers (July-September 2011; siliconchip.au/Series/286) that I
built from Altronics kits (K5154). I have experience building
several Mk.2, upgraded Mk.2 and Mk.3 amplifiers already,
without any problems so far, but these particular Mk.3s
had me stumped. They are powered via the recommended
toroidal transformer and power supply board.
All commissioning steps per the construction article
went great – devices were isolated from the heatsink, quiescent current was set successfully, DC offset on the speaker
4
Silicon Chip
output was negligible as expected, and audio through my
test speaker sounded fantastic.
However, at some time after fitting the fuses to both
amplifier modules, the 2.5A mains fuse blew at power-on.
I replaced the fuse, removed all four fuses from the two
amplifier modules and re-inserted the test resistors in place
of the fuses in one amplifier module at a time. The quiescent current was still as set.
Through testing, I have found that when the amplifier is
powered off for a very short time, or a long time, it powers up just fine. But if the mains supply is switched off for
around 30 seconds, then switched back on, the amplifier
appears to latch up, with the test resistors dropping nearly
the full rail voltages.
If I discharge both rails’ capacitors with a resistor first, the
amplifier will always power up correctly, and still appears
to operate properly when it does, producing great sound.
The only way I have stopped this phenomenon happening
is to back the quiescent current off nearly completely, ie,
1V or less across the test resistors, which is not as intended.
Both modules exhibit the same behaviour, whether powered from their own power supply or from another Ultra-LD
Mk.2’s power supply (that amp works fine).
The positive rail appears to discharge twice as quickly
as the negative rail, judging by the LEDs on the power supply board.
I think the bias circuit is not remaining stable when the
amplifier is powering up with residual voltage on the rails,
and presumably uneven residual voltage at that. Still, I was
at a loss for what to do about it, especially considering the
Mk.3 amplifier I built before this, with the same power supply setup, exhibited no such problem.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
I chipped away at this over the past couple of weeks; my
understanding of the circuit has increased, but I am no master at amplifier design! Since they were dropping almost
the full rail voltage across the safety resistors, I can only
deduce that the output transistors were switched on hard.
All transistors were making good contact with the heatsink, and were electrically isolated (both sets were removed
and refitted to the heatsink to confirm).
With my limited knowledge, I experimented with increasing the value of the 68W resistor at the emitter of Q7, since
my understanding is that it limits overall bias current. I
then reset the quiescent current via VR1 to the published
figures. On one module I settled on 168W, on the other
136W (two 68W resistors in series).
This allowed me to achieve the correct quiescent current with absolutely no ill symptoms at switch-on. Since
then, I have had successful listening tests, the quiescent
current has remained stable, and there have been no problems with the amplifiers.
I would love to better understand if that move is unexpected, or if it’s detrimental to performance, but for now I
am happy to have stable, lovely sounding amplifiers.
Callum Martin, via email.
Comment: while Q7’s emitter sets the VAS current that
flows through the bias generator, the bias is mainly controlled by the resistances between the pins of Q16. Changing the VAS current will have a small effect on the biasing
of the output transistors and the quiescent current, but it
will have a larger effect on the VAS gain and the amplifier’s maximum slew rate.
We think the reason this change worked for you is that
it has reduced the open-loop gain, which will improve stability. So it probably was oscillating.
Blowing fuses (especially the DC fuses on the module)
is a common sign of instability and oscillation, since the
amplifier can draw a lot of current during sustained oscillation (the brief oscillation that sometimes can happen on
recovery from clipping in marginally stable amplifiers may
or may not blow them).
It’s hard to say why this particular module is prone to
oscillation when the others you’ve built were not. Perhaps
the compensation capacitors were slightly lower in value
than expected, or some of the transistors had a higher gain
or transition frequency than normal.
Our guess is that the effect on performance will be pretty
small. If you ever wanted to return the VAS current and
bias to their normal levels, you could try adding a small
(eg, 10-22pF) C0G/NP0 ceramic capacitor between the base
of Q8 and the collector of Q9.
Such a capacitor is easily tacked onto the underside of
the PCB, and it would improve the amplifier stability by
rolling off the open-loop gain without affecting much else.
Details of SpaceX’s early challenges
Thought I’d mention this for the benefit of readers following David Maddison’s ‘deep-dive’ on SpaceX in the July &
August 2025 issues (siliconchip.au/Series/442). There is a
book I highly recommend; it gives a blow-by-blow account
of the tortured beginnings of SpaceX and the almost insurmountable obstacles they had to overcome along the way.
Written with the co-operation and approval of Elon Musk,
it is called “Lift-Off!”, by Eric Berger. A short preview is
available online at siliconchip.au/link/ac89
6
Silicon Chip
Also, I’m sure this will be of interest to audiophiles: a
development from the cutting-edge of speaker design, the
VECO ultra-low distortion dynamic speaker. See the video
at https://youtu.be/-pXeETlY4uU
Andre Rousseau, Auckland South, New Zealand.
Overcoming challenges in assembling several modules
I received the 433MHz Receiver Module kit (SC7447)
and started assembling it today.
The two inductors appear identical – both are 0603 size,
both have a green body all around, and each has an identical black stripe on half of one side. I checked the inductor’s resistance specifications, which are 0.54W and 0.60W
for the 33nH and 39nH parts, respectively. My Fluke 79III
DMM has a 40W scale that can be calibrated to take out the
lead resistance.
Unfortunately, the Fluke measured both inductors as
0.3W. So I pulled out my MICRON Q 1135, which claims
“19999 counts”. With this DMM on its ohms range, I didn’t
get the figures shown, but at least somewhere near them.
Importantly, I could measure about 0.03-0.05W difference
between the two devices, so I have some confidence that I
have discriminated between the inductors.
I also had difficulty distinguishing between the two
1.5pF and two 10pF capacitors, which are also the same
size, and my Advanced Test Tweezers were not able to
measure them accurately enough for me to figure out
which was which.
Thankfully, when I queried this, Silicon Chip responded
that the 1.5pF capacitors were in clear plastic tape and the
10pF capacitors were in paper tape, allowing me to tell
them apart. Unfortunately, I lost one of the 10pF capacitors, but I was able to get another one from my local
Altronics store.
Building the 433MHz Transmitter kit went a bit more
smoothly. There were 5pF and 12pF capacitors supplied,
but the Advanced Test Tweezers reading differences
allowed me to discriminate between these. The two inductors are identifiable by size differences (0603 vs 0805) - but
I was surprised to see only one face holding the pads on
one of these – you have to get the correct face down!
Finally, I had to Google the package markings on the SOT23 parts – the BAT54C was marked KL3, and the MCP17003302 was marked CSxx. I think this kit stretched the limits
of my 75+ year old eyesight and hand coordination skills!
Nevertheless, I was able to reflow solder both boards, fit
the connectors, and fire them up. I connected the RX data
line to a CRO to monitor signal transitions and powered
the transmitter separately with a 4.5V battery on a separate
breadboard (with a 173mm whip antenna).
I tied the TX data line high and switched the power to
the transmitter on and off. I could see clear changes on the
CRO between on and off with the transmitter about 12m or
so away using the receiver’s onboard antenna – the signal
became noisier beyond that.
I added a 173mm whip to the receiver, then could see
clear and sudden changes about 30m away (maybe further,
but I ran out of sight lines). With the transmitter off, the
CRO showed a band of black (noise) using the sweep setting I had, but this would change to a clear trigger point
and very few other transitions in the same band.
So it looks like everything is working – I will have to try
it using a modulated data signal.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
FREE Download Now!
Mac, Windows and Linux
Edit and color correct using the same
software used by Hollywood, for free!
Creative Color Correction
DaVinci Resolve is Hollywood’s most popular software! Now it’s
easy to create feature film quality videos by using professional
color correction, editing, audio and visual effects. Because DaVinci
Resolve is free, you’re not locked into a cloud license so you won’t
lose your work if you stop paying a monthly fee. There’s no monthly
fee, no embedded ads and no user tracking.
DaVinci Resolve’s color page is Hollywood’s most advanced color corrector
and has been used on more feature films and television shows than any other
system! It has exciting new features to make it easier to get amazing results,
even while learning the more advanced color correction tools. There’s
PowerWindows™, qualifiers, tracking, advanced HDR grading tools and more!
Editing, Color, Audio and Effects!
Designed to Grow With You
DaVinci Resolve is the world’s only solution that combines editing, color
correction, visual effects, motion graphics and audio post production all in
one software tool! You can work faster because you don’t have to learn multiple
apps or switch software for different tasks. For example, just click the color
page for color, or the edit page for editing! It’s so incredibly fast!
DaVinci Resolve is designed for collaboration so as you work on larger jobs
you can add users and all work on the same projects, at the same time. You can
also expand DaVinci Resolve by adding a range of color control panels that
let you create unique looks that are impossible with a mouse and keyboard.
There’s also edit keyboards and Fairlight audio consoles for sound studios!
Professional Editing
DaVinci Resolve 19 ............................................................... Free
DaVinci Resolve Micro Color Panel .............Only $845
DaVinci Resolve is perfect for editing sales or training videos! The familiar track
layout makes it easy to learn, while being powerful enough for professional
editors. You also get a library full of hundreds of titles, transitions and effects
that you can add and animate! Plus, DaVinci Resolve is used on high end work,
so you are learning advanced skills used in TV and film.
Learn more at www.blackmagicdesign.com/au
Learn the basics for free then get more
creative control with our accessories!
Download free on the
DaVinci Resolve website
NO SUBSCRIPTIONS • NO ADS • NO USER TRACKING • NO AI TRAINING
I also reflowed and completed one of the NFC programmable IR Remote Keyfobs, programmed it, and it is now
in service with our TV.
While I was at it, I reflowed the bottom of a Micromite
Plus Explore-64 board, supporting the board by the edges,
then did a second reflow pass for the microcontroller and
all other parts on the top of the board (including the USB
connector). I just had to use solder wick to clear up a few
solder bridges on the microcontroller.
This board fired straight up, so I loaded and saved the
UNIO library, then loaded my 500+ lines of processing
code – it all worked fine.
Ian Thompson, Duncraig, WA.
Faulty microcontroller affected serial comms
Firstly, thanks for the magazine and your continued
support of electronics in Australia. I recently purchased
the kit for the RGB LED Clock (May 2025; siliconchip.au/
Article/18126), and assembly went really well with no
problems with solder bridges. The LED test completes
correctly. However, I don’t get any GPS sync; the red LED
chaser continues with no change.
I had GPS data at pin 3 of the PIC when probed with a
CRO, and a full 0V to 5V swing. I connected a USB to serial
dongle to the GPS TX/RX pins in-circuit and found valid
GPS sentences at 115,200 baud.
I purchased another PIC and replaced it in the clock, and
it is now working properly. So either the supplied PIC was
faulty, or I damaged it on installation.
Paul Philbrook, Walkley Heights, SA.
Valve type confusion
Initially, US manufacturers simply issued their own
coding systems for valves. By the mid-1930s, by common
agreement, a simple two-digit numerical sequence was
settled on. The “10” is a high power triode, but the “11”
and “12” are low-power types, with the “15” a pentode IF/
RF amplifier. It’s impossible to know what a valve is by its
type number without looking it up.
Two common base types existed: the UX base was
inserted into a sleeve socket with leaf-spring contacts at
the bottom. A side ‘bayonet’ lug, sliding down a slot in the
socket’s interior, would lock the valve against the contacts
when the valve was twisted slightly.
The UY base is the more familiar type, where the socket
carries individual contact sleeves into which the base pins
slide, making contact and retaining the valve. The generic
’80 full-wave rectifier could thus be coded as a UV80,
UX80, UY80, or UX280/UX380, or the CX380 from Cunningham. The UV/UX prefixes were dropped, leading to
the ’80 coding form.
After the brief and inexplicable Radio Manufacturer’s
Association (RMA) 1942-1944 alphanumeric system, where
a 2G21 was a subminiature battery pentagrid, and a 2J30
was a 235 kilowatt magnetron (!), the new Radio Electronic
and Television Manufacturer’s Association (RETMA) system commenced in 1944.
This RMA/RETMA system applied a heater/filament
voltage-sequence, letters-number-of-elements code. Again,
it’s not obvious that a 6BA6 is a pentode, a 6BE6 a pentagrid, a 6AL5 a duo-diode and a 6AQ5 an output valve. By
number-of-elements, the 6BE6 should be a 6BE8! I guess
it’s safe to run any of them on a 6.3V supply, though.
8
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Measuring tools for now and the future
DIGITAL READOUT
7” Colour LCD Screen
Colour
Display
Multiple Pre-Set Colours
ZERO
Programmable Up To 3 Axis
One Touch Axis Zero Keys
SCAN HERE
FOR MORE
INFORMATION
Multi Language Menu
2-Year Warranty
352 (Q8500)
$
Digital Height
Gauge - 36-2105
14W LED Work Light with 2.25X
Magnifier - HL-72L
Digital Caliper - Coolant
Proof - 31-1851
• 0-300mm / 12” range
• Carbide tipped scriber
• Metric/imperial conversion
• 0.01mm/0.001” resolution
• ±0.04mm accuracy
• 14W - 5700K LED
• Dimmer control
• Swivel & pivoting arm
• Includes magnified lens
• 240V / 10amp
• 150mm / 6”
• IP67 coolant proof
• Metric/Imperial conversions
649 (Q2105)
$
242 (L2821)
$
242 (Q1851)
Industrial Series Toolbox
Combo - 26 - TIS-KIT1
Deluxe Series Toolbox
Combo - 28”- TDL-KIT1
• 3 Drawer Tool Chest with large top
• 7 Drawer Roller Cabinet
• Two power access holes
• Two gas struts lifting the lid
• Ball bearing slides on all drawers
• Heavy duty handles to make lifting
safe and easy
• 4 Drawer Tool Chest with large top
• 7 Drawer Roller Cabinet
• Corner armour for maximum
strength
D TO
STACKE YOUR
• Extra side storage
E
MAXIMIS E!
• Two power access holes
SPAC
• Two gas struts lifting the lid
769
$
ABLE
AFFORD NG!
AND STRO
Package
Deal
979
$
(T6830)
SAVE $78 OFF RRP
Medium-Duty Bench
Drill - Belt Drive
BD-325
• 16mm drill capacity
• 2MT spindle
• 12 spindle speeds
• Swivel & tilt table
• 1hp, 240V motor
(T6832)
Workshop Hydraulic Bench
Type Press - PP-10HD
• 10 Tonne
• Bench mount
• 180mm ram stroke
• Adjust. ram position
• Heavy duty steel fabricated
frame
• Powder coated finish 40mm high quality
laminated medium density
table top
• 2mm high density laminate
top surface is resistant to
alkali and oil
352 (A400)
$
Deluxe Industrial Bench
Grinder with Deluxe Linisher
DG-200 DLA-1220 KIT
• Ø200mm Fine & Coarse Wheels, 50 x
1220mm Deluxe Linishing Attachment
• 0.75kW - 1HP Motor Power
FORZA TOOLS - OIL-LESS AIR
COMPRESSOR BUNDLE
• Super Fast Fill Rate
• High Flow
• 40L Tank
• Low Noise
• 2x “Hush”
Air Boxes
• 2x heavy duty
1.5kW / 2hp Motors
Package
Deal
385 (P141)
$
FOR MORE
PRODUCTS VISIT
Mobile Work Bench - MWB-975
SAVE $66 OFF RRP
550
$
396 (D590)
220 (V075)
$
Package
Deal
LTS LEFT
TABLE TI TO 45° &
& RIGHT S 360°
ROTATE
$
• 125mm jaw width
• 150mm max.
opening
• Swivel head &
base
MACHINERYHOUSE.COM.AU/
SIC2509
699 (K217)
$
(K4022)
SAVE $61 OFF RRP
SAVE $74.80
SYDNEY
BRISBANE
MELBOURNE
(03) 9212 4422
(08) 9373 9999
(08) 9373 9969
1/2 Windsor Rd,
Northmead
625 Boundary Rd,
Coopers Plains
4 Abbotts Rd,
Dandenong
11 Valentine St,
Kewdale
Unit 11/20 Cheltenham Pde,
Woodville
(02) 9890 9111
(07) 3715 2200
PERTH
Specifications & prices are subject to change without notification.
ADELAIDE
08_SIC_300925
$
Cast Iron Multi Purpose Bench
Vice - Rotating Head & Swivel
Base with Lock - MPV-12
English/European manufacturers applied their own systems. The Mazda 6F22 is a 6.3V amplifier pentode, while
the 6P15 an output valve. GEC, Osram and Marconi’s L63 is
an indirectly heated triode, the KT88 is an output tetrode,
and the X61 is a triode-hexode converter.
Maybe the previous codings of AC/PEN (an indirectly heated pentode), the AC/TH1 triode-hexode, or the
PENDD4020 duo-diode output pentode are more explicit.
The first European Philips/Mullard system does not distinguish valve types: the E415 is a 4V triode with an amplification factor of 15, the E442 is a 4V audio/RF/IF pentode.
The second issue of the Pro Electron standard introduced a coding system that included the heater/filament
voltage, valve type, and base type. The valve descriptions
in this system are sufficiently detailed that, in most cases,
data sheets aren’t necessary unless you’re doing a detailed
design or sourcing a replacement.
We know that the EF89 is a 6.3V pentode on a 9-pin
miniature all-glass base, while the EF91 is similar, but on
a 7-pin miniature all-glass base.
Outside of these well-known coding systems, US and
UK military authorities established the VT (US), VT/VR
(UK) and CV (UK) systems.
So, a VT50 could either be a US issue or a UK type.
Many US types were originally RMA civilian types, with a
hyphenated Vacuum Tube (VT-) prefix, so a VT-50 should
be a US type. The VT-50 is simply the military version
of an RMA type 50. This is a power triode on a four-pin
UX base, and its civilian version appeared in catalogues
by 1935.
Be aware that only a minority of US VT- coded valves
carry over the original civilian type numbers.
The UK-issue VT50 (with no hyphen) should be a VT
(Valve, Transmitting) version of a civilian type, but usually
with no corresponding numbering. It’s hard to see such a
low-power valve classed as a ‘transmitting’ type, and the
original HL2 is very definitely described as a receiving type.
The VT50 appeared in a military amplifier unit in 1927.
For a condensed VT-RETMA conversion chart, see the
rear cover of Radio Waves, January, 2025. For conversions
from the British CV series to RETMA, see the rear cover of
the April 2024 issue of Radio Waves.
Maybe you need a 5U4, and have a VT52, which looks
like a full-wave rectifier. You check the list and Bingo!
VT52=5U4.
Readers may know of many helpful websites that they
rely on for obscure and hard-to-get information. One of my
top favourites is Frank Philipse’s outstanding valve data
bank at https://frank.pocnet.net or for the full, searchable
index with data sheets, go to https://frank.pocnet.net/other/
ServiceTypes/VTnumbers.html
For just $50 a year, joining the Historical Radio Society of
Australia (HRSA), you get our quarterly Radio Waves magazine, membership of Australia’s premier Radio Society,
and access to experts in all phases of restoration, monthly
meetings and quarterly Auctions. You can also visit our
invaluable valve and transistor banks for tested replacement valves and transistors at very reasonable prices. See
https://hrsa.org.au
SC
Ian Batty, Rosebud, Vic.
ourPCB
LOCAL SERVICE <at> OVERSEAS PRICES
AUSTRALIA
PCB Manufacturing
Full Turnkey Assembly
Wiring Harnesses
Solder Paste Stencils
small or large volume orders
premium-grade wiring
low cost PCB assembly
laser-cut and electropolished
Instant Online Buying of Prototype PCBs
www.ourpcb.com.au
10
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
0417 264 974
siliconchip.com.au
SERIOUS POWER,
SERIOUSLY GOOD VALUE!
$
INTEGRATED BLUETOOTH® FOR
SMARTPHONE CONNECTIVITY
ONLY
999
INTEGRATED
CARRY HANDLES
MB4102
IP21 RATED
12V CIGARETTE SOCKET
& 2 X 12VDC OUTLETS
USB-A WITH QUICK CHARGE 3.0
& USB-C WITH POWER DELIVERY
PURE SINE WAVE OUTPUT
FOR SENSITIVE ELECTRONICS
CHARGE VIA 12V,
MAINS POWER OR
VIA SOLAR PANEL
BUILT-IN HIGH CAPACITY LIFEP04
BATTERY WITH ADVANCED BATTERY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
INTEGRATED MPPT
SOLAR CHARGER
UPS FUNCTION TO KEEP DEVICES
RUNNING DURING POWER
BLACKOUTS
MB4102
HIGH POWER MODELS
INCLUDE 12V 30A
HIGH CURRENT OUTPUT
5 YEAR WARRANTY
WHEELS & LUGGAGE
STYLE HANDLE
SCAN QR CODE
TO LEARN MORE
MB4102 (S1)
MB4104 (S2)
MB4106 (S3)
MB4108 (S5)
Output Power (Total)
2000W Continuous
4500W Peak
2500W Continuous
5400W Peak
3600W Continuous
7000W Peak
5000W Continuous
7000W Peak
Capacity
1024Wh (12.8V 40Ah)
2048Wh (51.2V 40Ah)
3072Wh (51.2V 60Ah)
5040Wh (48V 105Ah)
6
Mains Outputs
4
5
6
Pure Sine Wave Output
•
•
•
•
USB-C Output
2 (100W max.)
2 (100W max.)
2 (100W max.)
2 (60W max.)
USB-A Output
4 x QC3.0 (18W max.)
4 x QC3.0 (18W max.)
3 x QC3.0 (18W max.)
& 1 x 10W
3 x QC3.0 (18W max.)
& 1 x 10W
12V Outputs
1 x Cig. Lighter Socket &
2 x DC Sockets (10A max.)
1 x Cig. Lighter Socket &
2 x DC Sockets (10A max.)
1 x Cig. Lighter Socket &
2 x DC Sockets (10A max.)
1 x Cig. Lighter Socket &
2 x DC Sockets (10A max.)
12V 30A Output
-
•
•
•
PV Solar Input
14A / 800W max.
15A / 2100W max.
15A / 2100W max.
15A / 2100W max.
Dimensions (W x D x H)
384 x 232 x 295mm
460 x 270 x 305mm
641.5 x 304.5 x 437.5mm
641.5 x 304.5 x 437.5mm
Warranty
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
Availability
In-store and online
In-store and online
Order online or in-store
Order online or in-store
RRP
RRP $999
RRP $1999
RRP $2999
RRP $4999
Explore our great range of 3D Printing gear, in stock on our website,
or at over 140 stores or 130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au 1800 022 888 | jaycar.co.nz 0800 452 922
Prices shown in $AUD and correct at time of publication but are subject to change.
Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
Autonomous Vehicles
ADVANCED DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
Driving automation includes fully autonomous vehicles (that can drive
entirely by themselves) as well as advanced driver assistance systems
(ADASs), which make a human driver’s job easier. Both technologies have
made significant strides in recent years. By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
The ‘future of driverless cars’ from an advertisement in the Philadelphia Saturday Evening Post, 1956.
Source: www.saturdayeveningpost.com/2018/05/driverless-cars-flat-tvs-predictions-automated-future-1956/
12
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
T
his article will be about automation
in ground vehicles only; we have
previously discussed aerial automation in several articles, including the
recent one on Drones (also known as
UAVs) in the September issue. We also
discussed autonomous underwater
vehicles in the September 2015 issue,
and autonomous agricultural vehicles
in June 2018.
Classifications
Whether or not a vehicle is autonomous is not a simple yes/no answer;
there are different levels of autonomy.
Thus, there are several schemes to categorise levels of vehicle automation.
One of the most commonly used is
from the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), embodied in their J3016
standard. It defines six levels of vehicle automation.
For SAE levels 0-2, the driver is
fully driving the vehicle and remains
in complete control.
Level 0: No driving automation. The
vehicle may provide warnings and
momentary assistance only, such as
automatic emergency braking, blind
spot warning and lane departure warning. Most entry-level cars on the market today are at this level.
Level 1: Partial automation with a
single feature for the vehicle to control,
like steering, braking or acceleration.
May include lane centring or adaptive
cruise control. Many cars on the road
today have one of these features.
Level 2: Partial driving automation.
The vehicle can control (when necessary) steering, braking and acceleration, such as lane centring and adaptive cruise control. A reasonable proportion of cars on the road today have
both of these features, and they come
on most new higher-end vehicles.
Level 3: Conditional driving automation. This includes environment
detection, with capabilities like automated overtaking or negotiating traffic jams. The driver must be prepared
to take control of the vehicle when
required.
Examples include Audi A8L Traffic
Jam Pilot, Mercedes Benz Drive Pilot,
Honda Legend Traffic Jam Assist and
BMW Personal Pilot L3. Note that
these systems may not be approved
in certain locations.
For SAE levels 4-5, the driver is not
usually required to take control of the
vehicle (and may not be able to, as it
might not have controls).
siliconchip.com.au
Level 4: High level of driving automation. The vehicle drives itself
under nearly all circumstances. An
example is a driverless taxi for use on
local roads (eg, Waymo’s One; https://
waymo.com/waymo-one/), shuttle
buses in controlled urban environments, delivery services with trucks
(Gatik is partnering with Isuzu) and
public transportation.
Mercedes Benz is trialling level 4
driving on various roads in Beijing.
Pedals and steering wheel may not be
fitted to a Level 4 vehicle. Such a vehicle likely cannot go off road.
Level 5: This is similar to level 4,
but more advanced. Whereas level 4
is fully automated, it is restricted to
certain structured environments, like
road networks. Level 5 has full driving automation under all possible circumstances, including off road. There
is currently no example of a widely
available car that meets the level 5
criteria.
How do autonomous
vehicles work?
An autonomous vehicle requires
many integrated systems to function.
That includes multiple sensors to
sense and map the environment; actuators to operate systems like steering
or brakes; algorithms to guide tasks
like parking, lane keeping, or collision avoidance; machine learning to
handle a range of scenarios; powerful
computers to orchestrate this all; and
complex software running on reliable
operating systems.
A multitude of data from the sensors
must be brought together in a process
called sensor fusion. Sensor fusion
involves merging data from numerous sensors to create a more comprehensive and accurate view of the
environment than can be supplied by
individual sensors. It is equivalent to
how a human combines information
from multiple senses (sight, hearing,
balance etc).
The controlling computer receives
instructions from a person about
where to go, then plots a route and
sends appropriate instructions to
the actuators to move the vehicle in
the required direction. At the same
time, the vehicle is constantly monitoring its environment for collision
avoidance, lane keeping, observing
speed limits, stopping at signals and
stop signs, and observing other traffic rules.
Australia's electronics magazine
Important Developments
Some significant developments toward
advanced driver assistance systems and
autonomous vehicles are:
1939 the GM Futurama display at New York
World’s Fair prophesied a future in which there
were semi-automated vehicles equipped with
lane centring, lane change & blind spot assist
systems, as described in the book Magic
Motorways by Norman Bel Geddes.
1952 GM introduced the Autronic Eye, an
automatic headlight dimming system, on
some Oldsmobile and Cadillac models.
1958 Chrysler offered cruise control,
invented by a blind engineer, Ralph Teetor.
1964 Twilight Sentinel was introduced on
some Cadillac models, controlled by a photocell to sense ambient light levels and turn
the headlights on or off. It was introduced in
other models throughout the 1970s and later.
Some versions switched on the lights whenever the wipers were activated, to improve
safety in low-visibility conditions.
1977 Japan’s Tsukuba Mechanical Engineering Laboratory developed an experimental car that could drive itself on specially
marked streets.
1978 Rain sensing wipers were invented by
Australian Raymond J. Noack (siliconchip.au/
link/ac6o).
1989 the Volkswagen Futura concept car
had four-wheel steering to autonomously
manoeuvre into parking spots.
1992 the Mitsubishi Debonair used lidar to
warn the driver if they were too close to the
vehicle ahead, but couldn’t control the vehicle.
1995 the Mitsubishi Diamante had an adaptive cruise control using lidar but could not
apply the brakes.
2003 Honda introduced the Collision Mitigation Brake System to automatically apply
the brakes if it detected a collision was imminent.
2004 DARPA held their inaugural Grand
Challenge, a series of competitions to encourage the development of “autonomous ground
vehicles capable of completing a substantial
off-road course within a limited time”.
2006 the Lexus LS460 was sold with a Lane
Keep Assist feature that steers vehicle back
into lane if it deviates.
2015 Tesla offers the “Autopilot” feature on
their Model S.
2019 Mercedes Benz and Bosch test automated valet parking at Stuttgart Airport in
Germany, to guide a car autonomously to a
pre-booked parking place.
2023 Mercedes Benz’s DRIVE PILOT system
is approved in Nevada, USA, to drive on certain freeways during daylight below 40 miles
per hour (64km/h).
2024 BMW obtained approval for Personal
Pilot L3 in Germany, similar to Mercedes
DRIVE PILOT.
October 2025 13
Figs.1 & 2: the architecture of
a typical autonomous vehicle.
ML = machine learning, AI
= artificial intelligence, DL =
deep learning, UI/UX = user interface/user experience, AUTOSAR = Automotive
Open System Architecture, ROS = robot operating system, RTOS = real time
operating system, V2X = vehicle to everything.
It will also monitor itself, to ensure
sufficient fuel or battery charge, while
looking for places along the way to
refill.
Figs.1 & 2 show the generic hardware and software architecture of a
typical autonomous vehicle, along
with information flows and actions.
Environment sensing
Autonomous vehicles, or vehicles
with ADAS (Advanced Driver Assistance System), need ‘eyes’ to see the
environment around them, as well as
other sensors. The main sensors are
lidar for 3D mapping; radar; sonar;
cameras; and GPS/GNSS for locating
the vehicle.
Other sensors such as gyroscopes
and accelerometers can provide ‘dead
reckoning’ navigation when there is
no GNSS signal available, such as in
tunnels. Those sensors are usually
also used to detect if the vehicle is
veering off course (eg, due to skidding on a slippery road), allowing the
vehicle to take corrective action, and
also to detect collisions (eg, to trigger airbags).
The vehicle will probably also
have sensors to detect the temperature, ambient light level (to control
lights) and so on. It may even have a
microphone to listen for the siren of
an emergency vehicle, so it can pull
over to let it pass.
Lidar stands for Light Detection
and Ranging. It is like radar, emitting
laser pulses (rather than RF pulses, as
in radar) from a rotating assembly to
make a three-dimensional map (point
cloud) of the environment based on
the time for the reflected signal to
return.
An example of a commercial lidar
device for ADAS or autonomous vehicles is the HESAI Automotive-Grade
120° Ultra-High Resolution LongRange lidar (siliconchip.au/link/ac6p)
– see Figs.3 & 4. That model is said to
acquire 34 million data points per second to a range of 300m.
ADAS and autonomous vehicles
usually have multiple cameras. The
Figs.3 & 4: a HESAI lidar (Light Detection and Ranging) unit shown inset. Under
it is an example of lidar imagery (a point cloud) with 128 channels (bottom) and
the superior HESAI unit with 1440 channels (top).
Source: www.hesaitech.com/product/at1440-360
14
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
imagery from these has to be turned
into meaningful data that can be used
by the controller. This is done by software to create a three-dimensional
map (point cloud), while extracting other useful data. An example of
software used for this is Nodar Hammerhead (siliconchip.au/link/ac6s),
shown in Fig.6.
Sonar sensors use ultrasonic sound
waves to measure distance, providing short-range information about
objects in the immediate vicinity of
the vehicle. Radar sensors use microwave radio beams to measure the
range, velocity and direction of objects
within their field of view.
The sensors need to work regardless of conditions such as heavy snow,
rain, ice, fog, road line markings
being obscured or absent, changes in
road surfaces, debris on the road, dirt
roads etc.
No single sensor is good at everything under all conditions, so a
variety of sensors are needed. For
Fig.5: environmental sensing by an
autonomous vehicle with multiple
cameras, radars, ultrasonic systems
and a lidar unit. Original source:
www.mdpi.com/1424-8220/23/6/3335
siliconchip.com.au
example, the sensors shown in Fig.5
are fused to produce the capability
shown in Fig.7.
Software
Hazard assessment
Relevant software standards include
ISO 26262, which is a process for
managing and reducing risks for electrical and electronic systems in road
vehicles. It covers planning, analysis,
design, implementation, verification,
validation, production, operation and
decommissioning. It includes guidance on model-based development,
software safety analysis, dependent
failure analysis, fault tolerance and
more.
ASIL refers to Automotive Safety
Integrity Level, a risk classification system specified by ISO 26262.
It defines functional safety as “the
absence of unreasonable risk due to
hazards caused by malfunctioning
behavior of electrical or electronic
systems”.
There are four levels of risk associated with system failure: A, B, C &
D, with A being the lowest level and
D the highest level of hazard if a system fails – see Fig.9. The higher the
risk level, the greater the required
reliability and robustness of the particular system.
AEC-Q100 is a standard that ensures
the safety of electronic parts used in
cars, focusing on reliability stress-
testing of integrated circuits.
Fig.6: an actual image from the Nodar Hammerhead at upper left and the
processed image outputs from their stereovision software at upper right and
bottom. Source: www.nodarsensor.com/products/hammerhead
Fig.7: the capabilities of the sensors from Fig.5 fused to show the overall
detection capability for cameras,
radar & lidar at lower right. Original
source: www.mdpi.com/14248220/23/6/3335
Fig.8: the architecture of NVIDIA’s
DriveOS software.
◀
According to Synopsys, today’s
autonomous cars use 100 million lines
of code, and in the near future, they
will have 300 million lines.
Operating systems for autonomous vehicles include QNX Neutrino
(used by Acura, Audi, BMW and Ford
among others; Unix-like); WindRiver
VxWorks (also used by BMW, Ford and
the Mars Perserverance rover); NVIDIA’s DriveOS (see Fig.8, used by Audi,
Mercedes-Benz, Tesla and Veoneer);
along with Integrity.
Apple, Google and Microsoft also
have their own versions of autonomous vehicle operating systems in use
or under development.
AUTOSAR
AUTOSAR (AUTomotive Open System Architecture; www.autosar.org)
is a global automotive and software
industry partnership to develop and
implement an open and standardised
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 15
software, electrical and electronic
framework for “intelligent mobility”.
It defines things such as common interfaces, communications protocols, data
formats etc.
The layered architecture of AUTOSAR includes an application layer
(vehicle specific), a runtime environment (that manages communications
between software components), a basic
software layer (communications and
memory management, etc) and a control unit abstraction layer, to allow
software to be developed regardless of
specific hardware – see Fig.10.
Fig.9: the ASIL hazard assessment levels for the failure of various systems on an
autonomous vehicle. A indicates the least concern of failure, while D is of most
concern. Source: www.synopsys.com/glossary/what-is-asil.html
Advanced Driver Assistance
Systems
Fig.11: the Cruise self-driving car. Source: https://unsplash.com/photos/a-carthat-is-sitting-in-the-street-PkKsHQ5u4g8
These systems can help a human to
operate a vehicle at SAE automation
levels 0 through 5, or be integrated
under the control of a master system to
drive a vehicle autonomously. Unfortunately, the names of these features
and their dashboard symbols are not
always standardised between manufacturers.
Adaptive Cruise Control is a system that automatically adjusts vehicle speed to maintain an appropriate
separation from the vehicle in front. It
uses sensors such as radar (typically
at 24GHz or 77GHz), lidar or binocular cameras (eg, Subaru’s “EyeSight”
system) to determine the distance to
the car ahead.
Adaptive Headlamps use a system
to automatically adjust the headlight
beam to avoid dazzling oncoming drivers (in theory, at least). The distance to
oncoming drivers, if any, is estimated
and the beam reach is adjusted appropriately. There is no binary high- or
low-beam in some systems; just a continuously variable range.
In one system by Mercedes, for
example, the beam reach is adjusted
between 65m and 300m, and adjustments are made every 40ms according
to information from a vehicle camera
that determines the distance to other
vehicles.
Anti-lock Braking Systems (ABSs)
are designed to prevent a vehicle from
skidding under hard braking, which
can both result in longer stopping distances and make steering ineffective. It
was originally introduced for rail vehicles in 1908 (although for a different
purpose; to improve brake effectiveness), and 1920 for aircraft, but it was
not universally adopted.
The widespread adoption of ABS
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.10: the AUTOSAR software architecture, the acronyms stand for VFB:
Virtual Functional Bus; RTE: Runtime Environment; BSW: Basic Software.
Original source: Fürst, Simon “AUTOSAR – A Worldwide Standard is on the
Road” – siliconchip.au/link/ac6t
16
Silicon Chip
for aircraft happened in the 1950s.
These were hydraulic systems, but an
electronic system was developed for
the Concorde in the 1960s. The modern ABS system for cars was invented
in 1971 by Fiat and has been used on
many models since then. It has been
required on almost all cars sold for
decades now.
Modern systems monitor the rotational speed of each wheel and compare that with the speed of the vehicle.
If one wheel is rotating slower than the
rest of the vehicle, the brake pressure
for that wheel is reduced, unless the
car is turning. Brake pressure can be
reduced or reapplied up to 15 times
per second, and each wheel can be
controlled individually.
In more modern vehicles, the ABS
system is also part of the electronic
stability control system.
Automatic Emergency Braking uses
forward-looking vehicle sensors, such
as radar and lidar, to sense the distance and time to impact of a vehicle
or other obstacle. If the driver does not
brake in time, the brakes are automatically applied. This might also be used
in conjunction with automatic emergency steering (if fitted) if the braking
distance is insufficient.
Automatic Emergency Steering tries
to steer a vehicle away from an imminent collision. Hazards that can be
avoided include cars, cyclists, pedestrians, animals or road debris. Automatic emergency braking may also
be implemented. Decisions are made
based on inputs from radar, lidar, cameras, ultrasonic sensors etc.
The process for action is:
1. Detection; continuous monitoring
from sensors
2. Assessment; the control module
uses data from the sensors to determine the vehicle velocity, trajectory,
distance to the obstacle etc
3. Decision; if a collision is determined to be imminent and cannot be
avoided by emergency braking alone,
the calculations are made for a steering manoeuvre
4. Action; the steering actuator is
activated by the control module to
steer the vehicle on a path calculated
to avoid the obstacle and any other
obstacles
5. Notification; the driver is notified
of the action
There are various levels of Automated Parking, from basic to fully
automatic. For automated parking to
siliconchip.com.au
◀ Fig.12: the process of automatic
parallel parking. Original source: “A
novel control strategy of automatic
parallel parking system based on
Q-learning” – siliconchip.au/link/ac6u
Fig.13 (below): possible parking
scenarios for Volkswagen’s Parking
Assist. Original source: Green Car
Congress – siliconchip.au/link/ac6w
work, the parking space needs to be
‘parameterised’ so that the appropriate
vehicle direction, steering angle and
speed can be computed – Fig.12 shows
a reverse parking scenario. Other parking scenarios are possible, for example,
right-angle parking.
Volkswagen is one of many manufacturers who have developed automated parking, which they call “Parking Assist”, through three generations,
plus fully automatic parking.
Their first generation only allowed
for reverse parking into parallel
spaces, with a maximum of two moves,
and the target space had to be 1.4m
longer than the vehicle. Vacant parking spaces could be detected at up to
30km/h. It used ultrasonic sensors.
Their second generation could perform multiple manoeuvres to park, as
shown in Fig.13. It used cameras in the
side mirrors, at the front and the rear,
as well as ultrasonic sensors.
The third generation could park the
vehicle into a much smaller space and
detect vacant spaces at speeds up to
40km/h.
Australia's electronics magazine
These Parking Assist modes correspond to SAE Level 1, and require
driver supervision. Beyond that, Parking Assist at SAE Level 4 provides
for fully automated parking with no
human intervention required.
Automated Valet Parking is a system developed by some manufacturers
for a car to park and retrieve itself in
certain parking garages. Infrastructure
is required at the car park, as well as
communication between the vehicle
and the car park via V2X technology
(see below) to receive instructions
and location information within the
car park.
For more on this, see the video at
https://youtu.be/30eB8Jj7xh0
Tesla also have an “Actually Smart
Summon” feature, where the car will
unpark itself and come to the driver
with the use of a smartphone app as
long as the car is within 65m of the
driver, with a clear line of sight, and
is not on a public road.
Automatic Wipers: rain-sensing
wipers were invented by an Australian Raymond J. Noack. Moisture is
October 2025 17
windshield
LED
photodiode
raindrop
Fig.15: the output
of the Tesla Driver
Drowsiness Warning,
which is not visible
to the driver. Source:
www.vehiclesuggest.
com/tesla-hackerfigured-out-a-wayto-fool-tesla-camerabased-drivermonitoring-system
Fig.14: the operation of an automotive
rain sensor. In the presence of
raindrops, there is some loss in
the strength of the infrared beam
reflected. Source: https://w.wiki/ERxC
detected on the windscreen, and the
wipers are activated at an appropriate
speed and interval.
The rain sensor is typically located
in front of the rear-view mirror, and
monitors infrared light reflected back
from the outside surface of the glass,
as per Fig.14.
Blind Spot Monitors use radar or
cameras to monitor a driver’s so-called
‘blind spot’ and provide a warning
before they attempt to move into it
if something is detected there (eg, a
motorbike).
Subaru’s EyeSight Camera system
uses a pair of stereo cameras and was
first launched in 1989. It is used for
Adaptive Cruise Control, but can also
provide sensory input for pre-collision
braking that detects cars, motorcycles,
bicycles and pedestrians.
In the USA, the system was found
to reduce rear-end crashes and injuries up to 85%. Subaru is working to
integrate an AI judgement capability
into its EyeSight system.
Climate Control is a feature in most
vehicles now, providing both heating
and cooling. It is important for both
safety and comfort, for example, to
ensure that the windows remain clear
while driving. Some cars have automatic defogging features, including
some Kia and Hyundai models.
Collision Avoidance System is a system that monitors a vehicle’s speed,
the distance to the vehicle in front and
its speed, to provide a warning or take
corrective action if a collision is imminent. Sensors, such as radar and lidar,
are used to determine vehicle parameters, like speed and distance.
Automatic Emergency Braking and
Automatic Emergency Steering are
two possible systems that are used to
implement collision avoidance.
Crosswind Stability Control was
first used by Mercedes Benz from 2009
in some cars, then
later, vans and trucks.
A deviation caused by crosswinds can be automatically
corrected with the vehicle’s
ESC system by several methods, such as steering, torque
vectoring to provide more
Fig.16: an algorithm
flowchart for
implementing electronic
stability control (ESC).
Original source: https://
autoelectricalsystems.
wordpress.com/2015/12/20/
electronic-stabilityprogramme-esp
18
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
drive force on the left or right side of
the vehicle, or differential braking.
Driver Drowsiness Detection uses
cameras and sensors such as eye-
tracking sensors to monitor driver
behaviour and sound an alarm to alert
the driver if drowsiness is detected.
Drowsiness is detected by sensing behaviours such as yawning, eye
blinking rate, eye gaze, head movements, facial expressions and driving
behaviour, such as lane deviations and
speed variations. Machine learning
analyses behaviour patterns and learns
to identify behaviours corresponding
to drowsiness. The idea is to alert the
driver to rest before they fall asleep.
Tesla Driver Drowsiness Warning
uses a camera to monitor the driver
and sounds an alert if drowsiness is
detected. Volkswagen monitors lane
deviations and steering movements
to detect drowsiness.
Other companies offering this feature include BMW (Attention Assistant), Citroën (AFIL/LDWS), Jeep
(Drowsy Driver Detection), Subaru
(Driver Monitoring System), Toyota
(Safety Sense) and Volvo (Driver Alert
System). Others also include Ford,
GM, Hyundai, Kia.
Some fleet operators, such as trucking companies, install centrally monitored driver drowsiness detection systems in their vehicles, which are monitored using AI systems and/or humans.
Fig.15 shows the output of a Tesla
Driver Drowsiness Warning obtained
by <at>greentheonly as he tests the camera with different scenarios such as
“driver’s eyes nominal”, “driver’s
eyes down/closed/up”, “view of head
truncated”, “driver looking left/right”,
“camera dark/blinded”, “driver head
down”. You can see his video at https://
youtu.be/pZWR4MQBI4M
siliconchip.com.au
Driving Modes such as for snow, ice,
sand, hill ascent and descent control
etc are available on some vehicles. The
vehicle’s performance is optimised
via control algorithms with the throttle response, traction control, stability
control, transmission behaviour etc,
adjusted as required.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
expands on ABS by adding a steering
angle sensor and a gyroscopic sensor.
If the intended direction of the vehicle
doesn’t correspond to the actual direction it is travelling (ie, it is losing traction), the ABS system can individually
brake between one and three wheels to
bring the vehicle back into alignment
with its intended direction.
The steering wheel sensor also provides information for Cornering Brake
Control (CBC) to take into account the
differential rotational speed of the
wheels on the inside and outside of
the curve. A typical control algorithm
is shown in Fig.16.
Heads-up displays (HUDs) convey information to the driver, such
as speed, the current speed limit, the
distance to the vehicle ahead, turns
for navigation etc. This information
is projected onto the windscreen; see
Fig.17.
Ice Warning is important in colder
climates as ice is often not visible on
the road (‘black ice’) and this is a serious safety hazard.
A variety of detection systems are
used, such as multispectral imaging
systems, to examine the road surface; thermal imaging systems; air
temperature and humidity measurement; weather data from external
sources; or information from vehicleto-infrastructure (V2I) or vehicle-to-
vehicle (V2V) systems.
Intelligent Speed Adaption (ISA) is
a system that reads road signs or uses
other data to ensure that the driver
stays within the speed limit for that
section of road. There may be a warning if the driver exceeds the limit, or
the driver may be able to request the
car travels at or below the limit.
Intersection Assistance is when a
vehicle is equipped with side-looking
radar to detect if drivers are coming
at right angles to the car; brakes can
be automatically activated to avoid a
collision.
Lane Deviation (or Departure) Warning uses cameras to monitor lane markings, to warn a driver if they start to
depart from the lane they are in, or to
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.17: a head-up display rendering showing various ADAS parameters. Source:
www.eetimes.com/add-ar-displays-for-adas-safety
Fig.18: the Night Vision Assistant on an Audi A8. Source: https://w.wiki/ERxE
Fig.19: the live 360° camera view on a Mazda CX-9.
keep them in the centre of the lane
even if they are not actively steering
the vehicle.
Lane Change Assistance uses sensors to detect if vehicles are in the
driver’s blind spots, and will alert the
driver if they are.
Navigation in an ADAS vehicle
may involve route recommendations
or alternatives, choice of toll or no
toll roads, advice on traffic congestion
Australia's electronics magazine
etc. The vehicle may receive real-time
updates as conditions change, such as
traffic congestion forming. Position
information is obtained with GPS or
another GNSS system.
Night Vision is a system using infrared cameras to improve driver awareness at night or in poor conditions –
see Fig.18. The first car to be offered
with this technology was the 2000
Cadillac de Ville.
October 2025 19
Do autonomous cars get confused?
This short video shows Waymo cars honking at each other: https://youtube.
com/shorts/PkVSoTZBh8U
This video shows a Waymo vehicle not taking the passenger where they
wanted to go on a simple trip: https://youtu.be/-Rxvl3INKSg
A police officer pulls over a Waymo: https://youtu.be/7W-VneUv8Gk
Omniview is a type of camera system that gives a 360° and/or bird’seye view of a vehicle. It is known by
many other names, such as Surround
View. It was first introduced as on the
2007 Nissan Elgrand and Infinit EX, as
“Around View Monitor”.
Video feeds from four to eight cameras are synthesised into a bird’s-eye
view to assist drivers with park, or to
remotely view their vehicle and its
surrounds – see Fig.19. There is quite
a bit of processing required to convert the images from the cameras into
a (mostly) seamless 360° image. The
steps include:
1. resizing the images
2. removing lens distortion
3. perspective transformation
4. stitching the images together
5. displaying the results
Such systems can also be retrofitted.
One example we found is the Taffio
360° Surround View Set (siliconchip.
au/link/ac6q).
Parking Sensors are usually ultrasonic rangefinders that give the driver
an audible (and visual) indication of
how close they are to objects. Typically, the closer the vehicle is to
an object, the faster it beeps. These
systems are often accompanied by a
rear-facing camera, which may have
lines marked on the image to assist
the driver with determining the path
of the vehicle in relation to obstacles.
Reversing Cameras are a common
feature now (required in new cars) and
a relatively simple one to implement.
The first known vehicle reversing camera was on the 1956 Buick Centurion
concept car. The first commercially
produced car to have one was the 1987
Toyota Crown in the Japanese market.
Temperature Sensors are used to
measure inside and outside temperatures, and may contribute to ice warning data or the operation of the climate
control system.
Traction Control is a system to
ensure that wheels don’t lose traction
with the road during heavy acceleration. Each wheel has a speed sensor,
and the speed data is sent to the ECU,
which compares it with the speed of
20
Silicon Chip
the vehicle. If there is a mismatch, taking into account if the car is cornering
or not, the engine torque is reduced or
a brake is applied on the wheel.
Traffic Jam Assist is a feature that
uses Adaptive Cruise Control and Lane
Departure Warning to take over driving in traffic jams. A safe distance is
maintained with the vehicle in front.
Traffic Sign Recognition uses a
camera to recognise traffic signs, such
as stop and speed limit signs, giving
appropriate warnings to drivers. Traffic sign recognition is facilitated by
the Vienna Convention on Road Signs
and Signals, which has attempted to
standardise road signs across various
countries, although Australia is not a
signatory.
Traffic sign recognition systems use
a variety of different algorithms, such
as recognising the board shape and
using character recognition to read the
writing. A further level of complexity
uses convolutional neural networks
(CNN), which are trained with real
signage and use deep learning to recognise various signs.
The output of the Freeman Chain
Code and shape determination of
the algorithm can also be used as an
input to CNNs. A typical sign recognition algorithm includes the following steps:
1. capture an image of the sign(s)
with a colour camera
2. convert the image from RGB to
HSL (hue, saturation, lightness)
3. apply a Gaussian smoothing filter
4. detect edges using a Canny edge
detector algorithm
5. use a Freeman chain code algorithm to detect letters and numbers
6. use a polygonal approximation of
digital curves to detect the sign shape
7. display the result
Tyre Pressure Monitors use either
inferences from other data or direct
pressure measurements. For indirect
systems, parameters such as wheel
speeds, accelerometer outputs and
other vehicle data are used to make
inferences about tyre pressure, and
a warning is issued to the driver to
check pressures.
Australia's electronics magazine
That is not as accurate as direct measurement systems, which use a sensor
in each wheel to determine the pressure. The sensor may either be battery-
operated, which requires maintenance
to replace the battery, or may be wirelessly supplied with power like RFID
systems.
Wrong Way Driving Warning is a
system on some vehicles to alert the
driver if they are driving in a direction
which they are not meant to, as determined by GPS data. It doesn’t seem to
be widely implemented.
V2X stands for vehicle-to-everything and describes wireless communication between the vehicle and any
other vehicle or entity with which the
vehicle may interact. Vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) and vehicle to vehicle
(V2V) are related systems.
Operational Design Domain
The Operational Design Domain
(ODD) defines the set of conditions
such as environmental, geographic,
time of day etc under which the vehicle is certified to operate safely. In
other words, it is a recognition of the
limitations of the autonomous system.
If the situation in which the vehicle
finds itself is outside of the ODD; for
example, certain traffic or road conditions, it might warn the driver or passenger and deactivate itself to allow
the driver to assume control. Alternatively, the vehicle may park itself.
Various standards and regulators
have defined the exact meaning of
ODD. An example is Mercedes Benz
stating the following for its Drive Pilot
Level 3 system for supervised autonomous driving, which is certified for
use in California and Nevada:
...requires speeds below 40 miles
per hour, clear lane markings, not
too much road curvature, clear
weather and lighting conditions, and
a high-definition map to be available
in the system’s memory...
Warning sounds
Electric autonomous vehicles can be
so quiet that pedestrians may not hear
them, so they are required to make a
sound at lower speeds. In Australia,
as of November 2025, all new electric,
hybrid and hydrogen-powered cars,
buses and trucks will be required to
be fitted with noise-making systems
which make a noise of 50dB below
20km/h. Similar laws apply in the EU,
Japan, the UK and the USA.
siliconchip.com.au
Legal liability for accidents
For SAE levels 0-3, the driver must
be able to take control of the vehicle
at any time, and they will be liable for
any accidents, as they should be constantly monitoring the vehicle, ready
to take control at any time.
For levels 4 & 5 vehicles, there is no
“driver”; they might not even have any
access to vehicle controls. It is unclear
who would be responsible for an accident that may occur.
Fully autonomous vehicles
We will now look at examples of
autonomous vehicles, starting with
one from Australia.
Australian road trains
Australian company Mineral
Resources (www.mineralresources.
com.au; MinRes) developed worldfirst autonomous road trains that can
haul 330 tonnes of iron ore along
150km of private road in Western Australia, from the Ken’s Bore mine site to
the Port of Ashburton. The trucks are
converted Kenworth models. There
are 150 trucks in the fleet, and they
drive at 80km/h.
There is an interval of 2-3 minutes
between each truck as they constantly
run along the road delivering iron ore.
Hexagon (https://hexagon.com) performed the conversions – see Fig.20.
According to their description, this
includes: a sensory system for awareness (truck performance, surroundings and location); an autonomy layer,
the brains for decision making; and
a by-wire system for controlling the
vehicle.
Table 1 – Tesla autopilot features (source: https://w.wiki/3wkp)
Feature Autopilot Enhanced Autopilot Full Self Driving
Traffic-aware cruise control
Autosteer
Navigate on autopilot
Auto lane change
Autopark
Summon
Smart summon
Traffic & stop sign control
Autosteer on city streets
✔
✔
✖
✖
✖
✖
✖
✖
✖
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✖
✖
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Fig.20: the world’s first autonomous road train, in Australia. Source: www.
mineralresources.com.au/our-business/onslow-iron-project/autonomous-roadtrains
Buses and shuttles
The Apalong is a Level 4 driverless bus from China that has been in
production since 2017 – see Fig.21.
It travels at between 20km/h and
40km/h and can accommodate 14
people. It uses Baidu’s Apollo 3 Open
Driving Platform (https://github.com/
ApolloAuto/apollo).
Cars
Tesla is constantly updating the
software in its vehicles. It has a feature called “Autopilot” or “Enhanced
Autopilot” available in all its cars
produced since 2019, as well as some
vehicles offering “Full Self-Driving”
(FSD; supervised).
The capabilities of different versions of the software depends on the
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.21: the Apalong autonomous bus from China. Source: https://w.wiki/ERxF
Autonomous vehicle software
Few manufacturers have released the code for the autonomous cars, but the
Stanford Racing Team, the progenitor of Waymo One, released the code for
the vehicle that won the 2005 DARPA Grand Challenge event at:
https://sourceforge.net/projects/stanforddriving/
The vehicle ran this code, written in C and C++/ on a Linux operating system
running on Pentium M CPUs.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 21
Fig.22: a Tesla Hardware 3 (HW3) Full Self Driving (FSD) board. A lot of the
circuitry at the top and bottom is the power supply for the two large UBQ01B0
multi-core processors. Source: https://w.wiki/ERxG
Fig.23: an autonomous mining truck for transporting minerals. Source:
Fortescue Metals Group Ltd – www.mining-technology.com/features/australialeads-the-way-in-autonomous-truck-use
market and local laws. Tesla classifies
these systems as SAE Level 2, possibly
for legal reasons, as FSD is arguably a
Level 4 technology (see Fig.26).
The FSD v12 software is available
for later vehicles with Hardware 4
(HW4; in Model S and Model Y after
January 2023).
It uses a neural network and artificial intelligence that has been trained
on millions of video clips. Older versions of the code were reliant upon
rule-based algorithms written in C++,
but later versions now use an ‘end-toend’ neural network that constantly
learns and adapts.
End-to-end means that the entire
FSD system is a neural network, not
just parts of it. The high-level Python
programming language is used for
machine learning, with C++ for
embedded systems. The software all
runs under the Linux operating system.
Samsung makes the processor for
HW4, a custom ‘system on a chip’
(SoC) device that has 16GB of RAM
and 256GB of storage. The internals
of the HW4 computer can be seen at:
siliconchip.au/link/ac6l
siliconchip.au/link/ac6m
The second link states that HW4
is running Linux kernel 5.4.161-rt67
Fig.22 shows a Tesla FSD board. We
can see that the main chips are labelled
UBQ0180. Wikichip (see siliconchip.
au/link/ac6n) states these are FSD
chips that incorporate “3 quad-core
Cortex-A72 clusters for a total of 12
CPUs operating at 2.2 GHz, a Mali G71
MP12 GPU operating 1 GHz, 2 neural
processing units operating at 2 GHz,
and various other hardware accelerators. The FSD supports up to 128-bit
LPDDR4-4266 memory”.
Each chip contains 6 billion transistors. As it was first shipped in Teslas
in 2019, we believe this unidentified
board is a Hardware 3 or HW3 board.
Table 1 illustrates the capabilities of
Tesla’s Autopilot, Enhanced Autopilot
and Full Self Driving.
Fig.24: the Liebherr T 264 battery-electric autonomous mining truck, jointly
developed with Fortescue. Source: Liebherr – siliconchip.au/link/ac6v
Mining vehicles
Australia is the world leader in the
use of autonomous mining trucks –
see Fig.23. As of May 2021, we had
575 such vehicles, compared to 143 in
Canada, 18 in Chile, 14 in Brazil, 12
in China, 7 in Russia, 6 in Norway, 5
in the USA and 3 in Ukraine.
Fortescue and Liebherr jointly developed an autonomous battery-electric
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
22
Silicon Chip
T 264 truck, resulting in an order for
475 Liebherr machines. The T 264 is
8.6m wide, 14.2m long, 7.2m high with
the dump body on and can carry a payload of 240 tonnes. The truck itself
weighs 176 tonnes.
The prototype truck (Fig.24) has a
1.4MWh battery weighing 15 tonnes
that’s 3.6m long, 1.6m wide and 2.4m
high. It’s made up of eight sub-packs,
each consisting of 36 modules. It can
regeneratively charge as it goes downhill.
Taxis
Waymo One (https://waymo.com/
waymo-one) is an autonomous taxi
service currently available in the US
cities of Austin, Los Angeles, Phoenix, San Francisco and soon Atlanta
and Miami. Waymo One is a subsidiary of Alphabet Inc, Google’s parent
company.
Waymo vehicles have been under
development since 2015, and in 2020
offered the self-driving service without safety drivers present in the car.
The company traces its origins to the
2005 and 2007 US Defense Advanced
Project Agency’s (DARPA) Grand Challenge competitions and the Stanford
Racing Team. They won first place in
2005 and second in 2007.
Waymo have applied their self-
driving technology to several vehicle platforms; currently they use Jaguar I-Pace EVs (Fig.25), with whom
they have a partnership, at an estimated additional cost of US$100,000
($156,000) per vehicle. As of May
2025, approximately 1500 autonomous Waymo One vehicles were in
service, mostly the I-Pace.
Waymo vehicles are twice as safe as
human drivers according to accident
statistics, but have nevertheless been
involved in incidents, mostly minor.
A Waymo One taxi can be summoned via an App.
Amazon’s Zoox (https://zoox.com)
could be considered a ‘competitor’ to
Waymo. They are also an autonomous
taxi service operating in California
and Las Vegas, Nevada. Their vehicles
are fully electric and have no steering
wheel (see Fig.27).
Fig.25: Waymo’s modified Jaguar I-Pace EV. I-Paces have been discontinued, but
Waymo acquired a large number and continues to deploy them. Source: https://
waymo.com/blog/2018/03/meet-our-newest-self-driving-vehicle
Fig.26: a screenshot taken from an example video of Tesla’s FSD (Full-Self
Driving). Source: www.tesla.com/fsd
Further reading
More details on some of these ADAS
systems can be seen in our features on
Automotive Electronics, December
2020 and January 2021 (siliconchip.
SC
au/Series/353).
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.27: an Amazon Zoox robotaxi, which is design as a fully-autonomous taxi
(see https://zoox.com). Source: https://w.wiki/ESSv
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 23
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be paid for at
standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
Driving a numerical VFD with a PIC
Vacuum fluorescent displays (VFDs)
have been around since the 1950s.
They were widely used in consumer
electronics, especially in calculators
and point-of-sale terminals. They
have since been replaced by LED displays and LCDs. However, VFDs have
not disappeared (nor have the closely
related vacuum tubes), they are still
used in specific applications due to
their unique advantages.
Comparing 7-segment VFDs to LEDs
and LCDs, VFDs consume less power
than LEDs and are brighter than LCDs.
VFDs also perform better than LCDs
at low temperatures, down to around
-40°C. There are a variety of driver ICs
available but this circuit shows that it’s
relatively easy to drive a numeric VFD
even from a PIC with very few pins.
A multiplexed 9-digit, 7-segment
VFD, salvaged from an old pocket
calculator (a Casio fx-21 from 1977!),
is driven by a PIC10F222, using just
two standard logic ICs: a 4017 decade
counter and a 4033 7-segment decoder.
The VFD power supply is 9V (the ICs
24
Silicon Chip
can handle up to 20V). A separate regulator (not shown) is used to provide
5V to power the PIC.
Bipolar NPN transistors Q1 & Q2,
plus Mosfet Q3, along with some
pull-up resistors, act as voltage level
shifters to interface the 5V PIC to the
9V+ ICs. Despite being an input-only
pin, the GP3 pin of IC3 is used here
as a pseudo-output.
That is possible because there is
a weak pull-up current that can be
enabled or disabled on inputs GP0,
GP1 & GP3 simultaneously. Since GP0
and GP1 are driven from low source
impedances, we can effectively enable
or disable the weak pull-up on just
GP3. When the pull-up is enabled, current flows into the base of Q1, switching it on. Otherwise, the 15kW pulldown resistor holds it off.
Another trick is that GP3 controls
two separate inputs on IC1 and GP2
controls two inputs on IC2. This is
done using two 10kW/10nF low-pass
filters that act as pulse stretchers, as
described at siliconchip.au/link/ac6y
Australia's electronics magazine
This means that, after enough pulses
have been sent to the relevant IC to
cycle through all the VFD digits or segments, it will reset after a brief delay,
ready for cycling through them again.
The PIC firmware (siliconchip.au/
Shop/6/2797) was programmed in
assembly language. It is fully commented and can be easily ported to
other similar chips. The test firmware
makes periodic voltage measurements
through analog inputs GP0 and GP1,
then refreshes two 4-digit displayed
values (the digit in the middle of the
VFD is not used).
The current consumption is about
20mA at 5V, primarily due to the filament current of the VFD. The current drawn by other parts of the circuit, including the +9-20V supply, is
minimal.
The decimal point (DP) segment is
not driven here; there are various control schemes that could be used if decimal points need to be lit.
Mohammed Salim Benabadji,
Oran, Algeria. ($80)
siliconchip.com.au
Bag-A-Bargain
SALE!
altronics.com.au
Great savings across the range, only until October 31st.
SAVE $20
Portable power for
any adventure.
240V power
from a lithium
battery!
This portable power generator is
fitted with 194Wh battery bank
& 150W mains inverter. Allowing
you cable free power for both AC
and DC appliances anywhere!
Plus 2.1mm DC power & USB
charging for keeping everything
charged on the go. 40W solar
panel (N0040F) to suit $99.95.
SAVE $30
199
$
C 5060A
Microlab® Bookshelf Speakers are back!
Offering great performance at an amazing price point, the Microlab
B77BT offer rich full sound and wireless connectivity. Perfect for gaming,
music and movies. Featuring walnut finish cabinets and cloth grilles.
X 3265 Warm White
X 3266 RGB
NEW!
29.95
M 8199B
$
269
$
NEW!
No more eye strain!
Reels up
instantly!
135
$
The new 100x inspection
camera magnifier.
Zoom into flawless clarity instantly!
This compact inspection camera
offers 10x, 30x, 60x, or 100x
magnification and support
PC connection for large
screen display. Lightweight,
Portable
versatile, and ideal for
design with
precision tasks, it delivers
recording to
powerful visual enhancement
SD card
wherever you need it.
3 in 1 String Lights & Camping Light
It’s a lamp, its a torch, it’s 10m of string lights! This compact multi-use
gadget is great for camping, or just adding instant atmosphere for
parties and more. Weather resistant design with multiple light modes.
SAVE 33%
X 0437
20
2 for $
Q 1278B
SAVE 23%
25
$
D 2045
SAVE $15
45
NEW!
$
34
$
.95
Bluetooth TWS Speaker
X 7014
Keep an eye on the weather
This handy indoor/outdoor weather monitor
provides temperture, humidity, clock &
calendar in one handy jumbo readout. Includes
wireless sensor.
Measure temps instantly!
Folding waterproof spike temperature
probe with bottle opener. -50°C to 300°C.
Includes battery.
Featuring 10W dual 2” drivers,
subwoofer and True Wireless
Stereo (TWS), this speaker is a
great way to take your music
anywhere. Size: 195L x 87Ømm
X 0221
Clip-On LED
Adventure Light
Get ready for adventure with
this handy 450 lumen LED torch
featuring multiple light modes
(including a red flashing light).
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Sale ends October 31st 2025.
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
Tool UPGRADES!
10x Mini LED UV
Magnifier
Ultimate Helping
Hands
Ultra compact magnifier
loupe for close up
inspection. Offers standard
and UV modes,
plus easy USB C
NEW!
recharging.
This space efficient work
station for your benchtop
has a sturdy metal base and
packs in loads of features,
including 4 flexible clamp
arms, solder reel
holder, dry tip
cleaner,
container of flux
AND a magnifier lamp.
X 0436
49.95
$
NEW!
49.95
$
Handheld Magnifier
Premium 130mm glass 6x
magnifier with LED lighting.
SAVE 15%
50
$
X 0433
SAVE 28%
12
$
T 1463
SAVE $40
SAVE $20
129
$
T 2181
5 In 1 Plier, Cutter & Crimper
Interchangeable magnetic heads with ultra
secure fit for even the toughest of jobs.
Includes pliers, cable cutters, wire strippers,
scissors and connector crimping pliers.
79
$
Q 1058
X 0109
SAVE $30
Great for
cleaning
jewellery &
more!!
99
$
Packed with
features!
Clean & rejuvenate tiny parts
Folding Auto Ranging Multimeter
Uses water, detergent and ultrasonic waves to remove
gunk from small parts, spectacles, jewellery, DVDs,
even 3D prints! No solvents required. Stainless steel
18x8x6cm water tank.
Or buy 2
for $28
Provides in depth functionality for technicians.
Folding design stays put on any surface while
testing, making it great for auto electrical work.
T 2754B
15
$
T 2748A
T 1490
SAVE 15%
SAVE 27%
High quality stainless steel
spring loaded nippers for trimming component legs, tidying
up 3D prints and more.
This Jakemy® electronic screwdriver set is great for
device repairs and other maintenance tasks. Driver
offers three-speed torque options with automatic
power save mode. Unique folding case houses all 180
bits and accessories.
Tough carbon steel blades,
stay sharp longer. Ideal for
cutting solid core wires.
130mm.
T 1526
T 1528A
SAVE 25%
SAVE 20%
16
$
Stainless Steel Snips
Wire Stripper
& Kwik Crimper
Strip Wires Faster!
Super sharp stainless steel
scissors suitable for cutting
cloth, leather, card, tin plate,
foam, ribbon cable and more!
Combines a ratchet wire
stripper, cutting blade & kwik
crimper. Suits 10-24 AWG
cable.
The classic easy squeeze
spring loaded quick action
wire strippers. Suits 1-3.2mm2
conductors.
19
$
$
5” Carbon Steel
Side Cutters
Stainless Steel
Nippers
T 2130
Toolbox
essential!
Best
seller!
SAVE 15%
Ultimate all in one
electronic screwdriver set.
SCAN TO FOLLOW US!
Stay up to date on latest releases,
exclusive specials and news on
our socials.
22
39
$
Like our service?
Review your store on Google.
Every review helps us serve you better.
Power SAVERS.
T1534B
SAVE $49
SAVE $19
150
60
$
$
Suits lead acid, AGM
& LiFePO4 batteries
M 8194A
M 8534B 4.5A
M 8536B 10A
SAVE $20
SAVE $40
99
$
The power to get you on
the road again!
Works
great with
Anderson
lugs.
159
$
6V/12V Battery Chargers & Maintainers
Lithium Jumpstarter for 12V battery vehicles.
20000mAh rated battery provides up to 1000A peak
output when cranking. Fitted with a 60W USB C
power delivery charger (like a giant battery bank!).
Utilises a microprocessor to ensure your battery is maintained
in tip-top condition whenever you need it. Helps to extend
battery service life. Suitable for permanent connection for
battery maintenance. Great for caravans & seldom used vehicles.
Weather resistant IP65 casing.
Ratchet Lug Crimper
Quick and easy crimping for
Anderson SB50 connectors and
other uninsulated lugs between
6mm2 to 50mm2 (9AWG-0AWG).
387mm long.
SAVE 30%
20
$
M 8882B
Q 0587
Battery Capacity Meter
SAVE $24
150
A handy (and colourful!) meter for
keeping an eye on your usage. Cut
out: 87 x 47mm. 0-100V battery input.
SAVE $50
$
Recharge TEN devices at once.
Ultimate benchtop charging station! Great for families,
class rooms & business. Massive 200W charge output
across 10 x USB type C’s. Includes two desk device holders.
BONUS: 5 x USB cables to suit!
Valued at $53.75 (15cm C-C type P1998C )
169
$
T 5099
Size: 360W x 185H x 138Dmm.
Connect-It-All DC Power Hub
A complete central power hub for your 4WD, caravan or
camping remote power set up. This box contains 6 contura style
illuminated rocker switches, 3 car accessory sockets (12V), USB
charger, LED volt meter, all protected by a 6 way fuse block.
SAVE 30%
33
$
Q 0592
Digital Power Meter
SAVE $30
99
$
A comprehensive power monitor panel
for remote power systems. Supplied
with a 200A shunt for easy connection.
Cut out size: 87 x 47mm.
*350A shunt pictured.
SAVE 15%
75
$
M 8867
140W USB Power Delivery Car Charger
Charge up all your devices from your vehicle! Provides
140W USB C Power Delivery (PD3.0/3.1). Fitted with convenient 2m cable.
Q 0594 50A
Ultimate Battery Fuel Gauge.
SAVE $30
129
$
Q 0596 350A*
Accurately measures battery voltage, current, power, real
capacity and remaining run time of your connected battery (suits
any chemistry, 8-120V). Includes shunt. 1% accuracy
SAVE 24%
H 1782 M6
H 1783 M8
SAE Battery Posts
Screw in for M6 or M8 battery terminals.
NO STRESS 30 DAY RETURNS!
GOT A QUESTION?
Not satisfied or not suitable? No worries! Return it in
original condition within 30 days and get a refund.
Ask us! Email us any time at:
customerservice<at>altronics.com.au
Conditions apply - see website.
15/pr
$
Tech & AUDIO
Rechargeable
USB Sensor Light
Three colour +
dimming!
A handy 40cm sensor
light with in-built USB
rechargeable battery.
Great for wardrobes &
cabinetry. 30 second
on time. Detaches for
recharging.
SAVE $10
39
$
.95
X 2396
Great for
fitness!
C 9044B Black
C 9044W White
NEW!
NEW!
D 0531
59.95
39.95
$
$
HiFuture® Over Ear
Headphones
Magnetic Wireless
Power Bank
Latest design over ear wireless (OWS)
headphones - drivers sit on your ear
rather than in it for all day comfort.
Offers plenty of back up power for charging,
20W PD output, 15W wireless + Apple
watch. 38Wh capacity.
19.95
$
Internet radio, digital radio & wi-fi streaming in one.
SAVE $50
A stylish, easy to use receiver with access to over 26,000 global internet stations, plus
DAB+ digital radio, FM frequencies and bluetooth streaming from your devices. Digital
S/PDIF and analogue RCA outputs.
$
339
A 2696A
Opus One® Bluetooth®
Ceiling Speakers
Built to stream your favourite content!
Bluetooth 5.0 technology offers
superb audio performance and range.
In-built high performance 2x30W
RMS amplifier. The ideal way to add
permanent wireless sound to any room
in the house. A modern, low profile
finish is provided by frameless magnetic
fit grilles. Includes power supply and
remote control. Sold in pairs.
A 1009A
Simple TV Remote
A simple universal programmable IR
learning remote for TV’s, fans and
more! Requires 2xAAA batteries.
.95
14each
PA1922 PD1922 PG1922
PB1922 PE1922 PH1922
PC1922 PF1922 PJ1922
$
USB C to Laptop Adaptors
These 100W compatible USB C adaptors allow you
to power your laptop from a standard USB C power
supply. Ideal replacement for broken or lost laptop
power supplies. See website for compatibility list.
Requires USB power delivery supply supporting 20V
output.
USB C to Dual HDMI
Handy way to connect two
4K monitors.
SAVE $100
339
$
SAVE $10
39
$
C 0876A
D 2366
D 2359C
SAVE $60
179
49.95
$
39
34.95
$
A 4201
SAVE $10
A 1111 TOP VALUE!
NEW!
$
$
A 3133C
9 in 1 USB C Multi Hub
100W PD passthrough with HDMI, SD & more.
USB C Ethernet
Adapter
NEW LOW PRICE!
Bluetooth® 2x50W Amplifier
8K HDMI Repeater
Bluetooth Plane Adaptor
A handy mini amplifier with Bluetooth
for connection to your favourite
speakers! 3.5mm and RCA inputs. Class
D design. Internal headphone amplifier.
Extend your HDMI cables up to
25m <at> 8K or 40m <at> 4K/30hz.
Easy inline connection,
requires no external power.
Transmits audio from any single
or dual jack airplane audio socket
to your favourite Bluetooth
headphones. 4-5 hours listening.
Gigabit speeds.
SAVE $10
29
$
D 2331
Sale Ends October 31st 2025
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or find a local reseller at: altronics.com.au/storelocations/dealers/
Shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
© Altronics 2025. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until date shown or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
B 0010
PART 1: PHIL PROSSER
Digital
Preamplifier
and Crossover
This advanced preamplifier uses digital processing to provide unprecedented flexibility. It has
three digital inputs, including high-fidelity USB, four analog stereo inputs, four stereo outputs,
two digital outputs (including USB) and a stereo monitor channel. Individual filters and
equalisation can be applied to each pair of outputs, allowing it to act as a digital crossover!
Four stereo analog inputs (1V RMS maximum)
Frequency response: 7Hz to 43kHz <at> -3dB (with PCM1798 DACs)
One analog input can be configured to handle 2V RMS+
S/PDIF coaxial and TOSLINK digital audio inputs
Monitor output for analog inputs
Four independent stereo output channels, 2V RMS full scale
High sampling rate/bit depth USB audio stereo input and output
Programmable equalisation, crossovers, relative attenuation & delay for each output
Memory for four different configurations
Attenuation at 20Hz: 0.3dB; Attenuation at 20kHz: 0.0dB
Volume control: +12dB gain to -128dB attenuation in 0.5dB steps
Total harmonic distortion plus noise (THD+N): 0.003% across the audio band (largely unchanged to >40dB attenuation)
O
ur interest in hifi at Silicon Chip
runs from simple and ‘purist’
designs such as our Class-A
and Class-AB amplifiers, and simple
chip-based designs, through to much
more complex approaches including
high power and even the (very) occasional valve design. We love them all.
This author is no exception, owning more audio equipment than most
people would consider reasonable,
much of it home-built. The larger and
more serious hifi setups all incorporate active crossovers, either analog
or digital.
siliconchip.com.au
Our wish-list for an ideal preamplifier includes not only an active
crossover but also a USB interface
that supports high fidelity playback
and recording of music, and of course,
switching for four or more analog
inputs. This can become cumbersome
where the crossover is housed in one
box, the USB interface in another, and
switching and gain control in another.
The aim of this project is to roll all
the above into a single ‘Digital Preamplifier’ that fits in a 1U chassis.
This allows you to connect your analog audio sources, plug in your USB
Australia's electronics magazine
connected laptop or phone, TOSLINK
source, and provide the functions of a
normal preamplifier along with those
of an active crossover, equaliser and
delay controls for your loudspeakers.
For those whose preference is more
at the ‘simple is beautiful’ end of the
audio spectrum, you may not want to
build this device. However, we think
you will still find the circuit and
other details of this design interesting.
That said, if you are into open-baffle
speakers, the significant equalisation
required for those might make you take
a second look at this project.
October 2025 29
ADC dynamic range
Digital audio provides about 6dB of dynamic range per bit. So the old CD
standard of 16 bits gives about 96dB of dynamic range. At the time CDs were
released, this was awesome, and even now it is more than sufficient for excellent audio. However, a 24-bit system has more like 134dB between full-scale
and the least significant bit (LSB).
Consider a real world application like a preamplifier, where the sources can
have real impedances, and the ADC sees an input signal-to-noise ratio of, say,
100dB over the 20Hz to 20kHz bandwidth. This is a touch over 16 bits’ worth
of digital data above the noise floor. All our remaining bits in the 24bit ADC
will be noise plus any signal which may be below the noise floor.
If we have the same noise level, but 100kHz of bandwidth presented to the
ADC, we will see a noise level about 14dB higher, or 86dB full-scale, in the
region of 14 bits’ worth. This is what you see if you look at the ADC I2S data
with an oscilloscope. This might sound terrible, but it is not. Remember that
the ADC is simply representing the voltage it sees at its input, and these are the
peak levels you will see on the SPI data. Most of this is outside the audio band
and completely inaudible. The ADC is, in fact, faithfully digitising signals way
down in to the -130dB region; way down below the full bandwidth noise floor.
There is no question that superb
sound quality can be achieved with
a decent signal source, a simple preamplifier, basic power amplifier and
speaker using a passive crossover.
However, the step in capability we
achieve in this project through the
inclusion of a digital signal processor
(DSP) is profound.
So come along for the journey
of designing and building a no-
compromise Digital Preamplifier. We
will not just present the design, its features, specifications and performance
but will also go over some of the challenges faced in pulling together a complex design into something that is reasonably easy to build.
The heart of this project is the Analog Devices ADAU1467 IC. This is a
32-bit processor that runs at 294MHz
and is optimised for audio DSP tasks.
This device has a very rich set of features, including:
● four dedicated stereo inputs and
four stereo outputs
● the ability to process data at up to
192 kilosamples per second (192kSa/s)
● the ability to store 400ms of audio
data at 192kSa/s
● four stereo asynchronous sampling rate converters (ASRCs)
● an S/PDIF interface
● fully programmable using some
very high-level tools
We have paired this with:
● a high-quality analog-to-
digital
converter (ADC), the CS5361 or
CS5381; the latter provides a better
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR)
● up to four high-quality digital-
to-analog converters (DACs), Analog Devices PCM1798 or PCM1794A
chips (the latter provides higher performance)
● a miniDSP MCHStreamer, which
provides audio input/output for a
computer over USB, making this
The Digital Preamp is very capable and compact; its predecessor, which
spanned two cases, is shown below.
30
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
preamplifier a very fancy sound card
● switching for four analog inputs
● a PIC microcontroller-based user
interface, which allows the whole preamplifier and DSP to be controlled and
set up using three buttons and a rotary
dial or remote control
Everything fits in a single 1U
(44mm-high) case, making this a compact and powerful all-in-one preamplifier, switch, crossover and DSP.
Simply plug it into your amplifiers
and, once set up, all this digital complexity is completely transparent to
the user.
In my system, this one compact
unit replaces the bottom two devices
shown in the photo at lower left, saving quite a bit of space!
Digital vs analog
So, how does this Digital Preamp
compare to an analog design? We can
hear the wailing and gnashing of teeth
from purists at all this digital processing in their signal path. Concern about
a DSP like this is ultimately little different to concern about using an op
amp in the signal chain.
Music & sound has passed through
hundreds of op amps by the time it gets
to your stereo. In this age, the recording and mixing process includes many
DSPs too.
No doubt, we need to get the design
of a device like this right. But if done
properly, the fact that the signal is digitised is transparent. The beauty of it
is that, once we have the signal in the
digital domain, we can easily apply
complex filtering, delay individual
channels and implement parametric
equalisation with little-to-no reduction in quality.
The fact the data is processed as
32-bit numbers means we do not face
the old-school challenge of dealing
with accumulated errors as we would
if we were processing 16-bit data.
As an example of the low impact
that our Digital Preamplifier has on
the audio path, it can take a digital
input from the USB port, process it
and generate analog output. We can
then feed that signal back to an analog input, digitise it and send it back
to the PC, all with a distortion result in
the region of 0.002%. That’s basically
CD quality (which is still considered
pretty good these days).
This is an interesting test, as it
shows that a digital preamplifier can
have less impact on the signal chain
siliconchip.com.au
The Digital Preamp comes with as many inputs/outputs as you would expect from a higher-end system. Each stereo digital
output can have different filtering and delay configured, allowing it to also act as an active crossover.
than some analog preamplifier circuits.
distortion performance. The noise
floor is at about -125dB.
Performance
Overall configuration
The performance of the Digital Preamp is essentially defined by the DAC
chips used.
We measured the performance of
the ADC (CS5361/81) using a Stanford
Research Labs DS360 signal generator
to drive the input to the preamplifier,
with the miniDSP monitor output
used to analyse the digitised audio.
The measured THD was less than
0.0003%, which is consistent with
the ‘typical’ specified performance of
the ADC chip.
Spectral analysis of the ADC data
from this test shows no meaningful
noise spurs from the switch-mode
power supply; 50Hz hum is more than
105dB down.
Routing the ADC output to the
miniDSP for analysis on a computer,
it is clear that the ADC we have chosen is very good indeed, with the distortion products being barely measurable.
Turning to the DACs (PCM1794A
or PCM1798), their specified THD+N
at 44.1kHz is 0.0004%, so slightly
higher than the ADC. But we are running them at 192kHz, to allow the preamplifier to operate right across the
audible spectrum, and to set aside any
concern with bandwidth limitations
out to 40kHz.
The PCM1794A THD+N operating
at this sampling rate is 0.0015%. Our
THD measurements are flat at 0.002%
across the entire audio band, which is
consistent with that.
Reducing the volume level with
the same input signal by 10dB, 20dB
and 40dB shows that the distortion
products fall along with the level, so
operating the preamplifier with 40dB
attenuation has little impact on the
The block diagram, Fig.1, shows the
signal flows through the Digital Preamplifier. Starting with the inputs, all
analog inputs go through a switching
section, allowing the chosen one to be
digitised using the CS5361/81 ADC
chip. The resulting audio data goes
into serial port zero of the ADAU1467.
Note that the selected buffered analog
input is made available on the Monitor
output. The ADAU1467 sets the ADC
to operate at 192kSa/s.
The miniDSP MCHStreamer
receives digital data from your PC
siliconchip.com.au
and delivers data to serial port one
of the ADAU1467. The digital audio
input can be coaxial (S/PDIF) or optical (TOSLINK). These go to an input
switch, which routes the selected
signal to an S/PDIF receiver in the
ADAU1467.
The ADAU1467 chip performs all
audio processing, under the control
of the PIC microcontroller over an
SPI serial interface. Both the miniDSP
MCHStreamer and S/PDIF inputs go
via their own ASRCs, which synchronise their input sampling rate to the
DSP’s sampling rate.
Any of the digital, USB or analog inputs can be selected inside the
ADAU1467 and routed to the miniDSP
Fig.1: the block diagram for the Digital Preamplifier. The digital, USB and
analog audio is all routed through the ADAU1467 DSP engine, under the
supervision of a microcontroller.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 31
Soldering the LFCSP-88 ADAU1467 chip
We will discuss this more in the construction section (in a later issue of the
magazine), but it is worth noting that soldering these ICs is not as hard as
we thought. Probably the trickiest part is not putting too much solder on the
ground pad. We found we were using far too much, and the IC was floating on
it, resulting in poor connections at the edge pads.
To address this, after reflowing the IC using a hot air gun, we used a soldering iron to draw a bead of solder along each side, to ensure all the pads were
properly soldered. If you use a lot of flux, you can draw a big blob of solder
along, and as the pads are small, they don’t have enough surface tension on the
solder to form bridges. This quickly
solders all the remaining edge pads.
You can see the result here.
Despite the DSP chip not having any
leads, thanks to extended pads on the
PCB, it isn’t too difficult to hand-solder.
Still, if you are not confident, you’re
better off ordering the carrier board
with chip already on it.
MCHStreamer output. This output
goes via another ASRC, which synchronises this output stream to the
MCHStreamer sampling rate.
The digital audio stream then runs
through three parametric equalisers,
which operate on the full input data
stream, so these affect all output channels. The data is then split into four
channels, each being processed similarly. Each has a further three parametric equalisers, followed by crossover
filters and delay modules.
The four streams are finally routed
to the four DACs that provide the analog outputs of the Digital Preamplifier.
All DSP processing is done by the
ADAU1467 at a 192kSa/s sampling
rate, which is just over 5μs per sample.
This defines the channel delay resolution and the Nyquist bandwidth limit
– though the output DAC analog reconstruction filter has a narrower bandwidth than this. So that filter defines
the system’s upper frequency cutoff.
Volume control is applied across
all channels after all signal processing is complete, and is also implemented digitally. We have measured
the performance of volume controls
implemented using the PGA2310, a
fine volume control chip, and found
there to be no real difference compared
to using a good 24-bit DAC like the
PCM1794/8 and adjusting the volume
in the digital domain.
While you might worry at reducing the volume resulting in loss of
resolution, any spurs and harmonics
are so far into the noise floor (below
-120dB) that this concern is unfounded.
Circuit details
Due to the complexity of the overall
circuit, and the repetition of certain
blocks (specifically the four DACs), we
will be presenting the circuit in 10 bitesized chunks. These are spread across
two PCBs; eight are on the main PCB,
while the other two are the separate
main power supply PCB and the front
panel controls. The eight circuits that
comprise the main PCB are:
1. Analog input switching
2. The ADC
3. Digital audio I/O
4. The DSP core
5. The DACs (four almost identical blocks)
6. The miniDSP interface, which
connects to the commercially made
MCHStreamer USB interface board
7. The microcontroller section,
which includes the LCD interface
8. The onboard power supply,
which filters and further regulates the
output of the separate PSU board
There are a further two circuit sections on separate PCBs:
9. The user controls (rotary encoder,
buttons etc)
10. An external AC-to-DC power supply board that feeds the main board
We’ll look at each of these in turn.
Analog input switching
The analog input switching in the
digital preamplifier, shown in Fig.2,
is pretty conventional.
Developing this Digital Preamp required a lot of time and effort; shown in the photo is a prototype that had served its
purpose. Yes, I did salvage all the expensive bits...
32
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
All analog inputs have RF suppression beads and 100pF capacitors to
reject RF that may be picked up by
the input leads or signal source. These
have no effect on audio-
frequency
signals. This is followed by 22μF
DC-blocking capacitors, biased to
ground by a 100kW resistors. These
ensure that all inputs have no DC offset, and as you switch between them,
there will be no clicks or pops.
You will note that on the second
auxiliary input (at the top) we have
included two optional resistors. If
you have a signal source that delivers over 1V RMS, like a CD, DVD or
Blu-ray player, you can swap the ferrite beads for (say) 2kW resistors and
solder 1kW resistors into these spots.
Such a configuration allows for up to
3V RMS without clipping on the ADC.
We don’t envisage you will have
many really high level inputs, but if
you do, you can add similar resistors
to other inputs.
The -3dB corner frequency of this
input stage is defined by the 22μF
capacitor and the 100kW bias resistor
paralleled with the 47kW resistor at
the input to the buffer op amp, which
itself has an input impedance of more
than 30kW. This frequency is 0.5Hz (1
÷ [2π {100kW || 47kW || 30kW} × 22μF]),
which is way outside the audio band,
and will have no impact on audio performance.
IC5, an NE5532(A), buffers the
input signal and provides a sample
of this to the monitor output. It also
drives the ADC inputs. You can use a
standard NE5532; the A version has
slightly better noise limits, although
both types have extremely low noise
and distortion.
We have included 100W series
resistors on the monitor output, but
remember that this should not be used
to drive heavy loads or long lines, as
Fig.2: the four stereo analog inputs are routed to the ADC using this circuitry. Switching is via signal relays, followed by
an op amp based buffer.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 33
Fig.3: the left & right channel signals from Fig.2 are digitised here. IC6a/IC6b are inverters that generate complementary
signals, which are filtered by IC7/IC8 and clamped by schottky diodes before reaching the ADC chip, IC9.
this is a really important signal in
your preamp.
You will note there are 10W/100μF
low-pass filters on the ±10V supply
rails. These are included to isolate this
section from the other sub-rails that
operate from these supplies.
The ADC
The ADC chip we have selected is
the CS5361 or CS5381. The circuit
with this is shown in Fig.3.
It is pretty much straight from the
manufacturer’s datasheet; we have
used this configuration in the past with
great success. The initial version of the
preamplifier used a lower-cost ADC,
but we were not happy with the noise
floor, so we moved to the tried and
true, but more expensive, CS5361/81.
34
Silicon Chip
We feel the lower-cost CS5361 is
fine for the job, but for a slight premium, you can splash out on the
CS5381, which has a 5dB-odd margin
in THD+N. Both provide superlative
performance.
Things to note in this section are the
use of the NE5532 dual op amp IC6
configured as a pair of signal inverters. This is required to generate the
balanced inputs the ADC requires. We
have selected 1kW as the feedback/
input resistance, which finds a good
balance between low resistance and
thus noise, and ensuring the NE5532
is not loaded too much.
Following this are the manufacturer-
recommended drive circuits, which
are unity gain buffers with 91W resistors included to ensure the operational
Australia's electronics magazine
amplifier is not upset by the notoriously difficult load that the input to
the ADC presents.
We have spent a lot of time testing
alternative ADCs and drive circuits
over the years, in the pursuit of low
noise and distortion. While the manufacturer’s recommended circuit is
fine, we have learned the importance
of the 2.7nF NP0/C0G ceramic capacitors across the ADC input pairs.
In one test, we tried several different capacitors, ranging from greencaps
through silver mica and everything in
between. Using a reputable NP0/C0G
ceramic capacitor is essential, as distortion increases of over 10dB will be
seen if you use something incorrect,
such as an MKT capacitor.
This is a result of the input presenting
siliconchip.com.au
a complex load, which will expose
even minor non-linearities in these
capacitors. Appropriate capacitors
are available from the likes of Mouser,
DigiKey and element14.
You will note that we have another set
of local ±10V filtered rails (±10Vfilt2),
as we have in all areas of the circuit.
This may be over the top, but is a small
cost to ensure we have clean rails and
minimal risk of noise being coupled
between sections of the circuit.
CON9 is an I2S test header for the
ADC. It is really useful to probe this
with an oscilloscope; the LRCLK and
MCLK signals in particular. If you
are wondering if the ADC is working, trigger your scope off LRCLK and
probe SDATA. Note, though, that the
ADAU1467 DSP drives MCLK and
LRCLK, so do not expect to see anything
on these lines until it is up and running.
We have included BAT85 clamp
diodes on the input to the ADC to
protect it from signals that go above
the +5V rail or below 0V. This will
occur if the input is over-driven, or
if an input is connected with a large
DC offset. These protect the ADC chip
from such excursions.
The ADC inputs are internally protected, but we want these as ‘belts and
braces’ protection so that your expensive Digital Preamp is safe from abuse.
We have tested the distortion performance with and without these protection devices, and there is no measurable difference.
The first version of the digital preamplifier used a much cheaper ADC,
which we ultimately concluded was a
false economy. If you’re going to spend
several $100s to build the Digital Preamp, you might as well spend a few
more dollars to get the best ADC.
of the ADAU1467’s internal ASRCs.
These have around 139dB of
dynamic range and can up-sample or
down-sample with ratios of up to 1:8
and 7.75:1. So we can accept input signals with sampling rates from about
24kSa/s up. When up-sampling, the
ASRC generates interpolated data to
maintain a 192kHz data stream sampling rate.
IC13 is a buffer to drive an S/PDIF
output from the digital output signal
from the ADAU1467 chip. However,
this is not routed to the rear panel,
as we don’t have any use for it in our
system. It is there if you need it, and
it should work (in theory...).
DSP core
The circuit for the DSP part of
the device is shown in Fig.5. The
ADAU1467 is an application-specific
IC (ASIC) made for audio processing
and provides much of the functionality of the Digital Preamplifier. A major
reason for selecting this part is that it
provides multiple ‘clock domains’,
allowing us to integrate the S/PDIF
and miniDSP (USB) devices.
It also provides sufficient signal
processing power and memory for all
the volume control, equalisation, filtering and delay functions we require
on each stereo band.
Once we determined that the
ADAU1467 was the right part, we
stopped to have a think. This chip
only comes in an 88-lead, 12 × 12mm
LFCSP package with a 5.3mm square
exposed pad underneath.
We put in a lot of effort to stick to
through-hole parts where we can, and
Digital audio I/O
We have included S/PDIF (coaxial)
and TOSLINK (optical) digital audio
receivers, and included the ability to
decide which goes to the ADAU1467
DSP. It includes a receiver that can
handle the raw (low-level) signals from
a coaxial link. The switching circuitry
is shown in Fig.4.
The clock for the digital audio
stream is generated by the signal
source. This means that we need to
synchronise the input clock source
to the Digital Preamplifier clock
source; otherwise, we will end up
with more samples than we need, or
not enough. For this we use another
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: the digital I/O is quite simple as there are just two digital inputs (one
TOSLINK [OPT1], one S/PDIF [CON10]) that are selected by a single relay. The
outgoing digital signal is fed directly to OPT2, and to the S/PDIF output RCA
connector via buffer IC13 and a 75W impedance-matching resistor.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 35
when forced to use SMD parts, endeavour to use manageable packages, selecting the largest lead pitch we can.
This part not only has a ‘fine lead
pitch’, it doesn’t even have leads! The
project kind of sat on the shelf for a
while, and in the end Phil decided
to build the Digital Preamplifier for
himself, as a lot of the design and
software was ready to go from previous designs.
He toyed with the idea of going back
to one of the older ADAU devices that
he has used in the past, but this would
have demanded compromise on performance, and we really wanted to use
a recent device.
36
Silicon Chip
As it turns out, soldering the chip
was not as hard as he initially thought
(see the accompanying panel on page
32). We also found a way to avoid
soldering it entirely if you are dead
set on that!
The layout and peripheral components around the ADAU1467 (IC18)
are straight from the data sheet.
Besides the support components,
mostly this part of the circuit is just
routing signals to and from all the
other parts.
All the components around IC18
are surface-mounting types, because
the chip runs at a high clock rate
(nearly 300MHz) and needs excellent
Australia's electronics magazine
local filtering of the supply rails. We
have stuck to M2012/0805 devices
where we can; they are massive (2.0
× 1.2mm) compared to the lead pitch
on the chip, anyway.
We have included a clock buffer
for the system master clock (IC10),
which runs at 24.576MHz. This distributes this clock signal to the ADC
and DACs. We have also included a
header for probing the SPI interface
between the PIC microcontroller and
the ADAU1467. This is mainly for
debugging, but you might find other
uses for it.
When we were building the first prototype of the Digital Preamplifier, we
siliconchip.com.au
The Core boards cost about $80 at
the time of writing, which is a bit of
a premium on the $30 cost of parts
from Mouser/DigiKey. Still, if you
do not feel confident in soldering the
chip, we recommend you shell out for
one of these. We tested two, and both
worked fine.
DACs
Fig.5: the DSP core is where all the
digital signal processing occurs. It’s
little more than IC18 and its support
components. If you don’t fancy
soldering IC18, you can buy it on
a carrier board and plug it into the
two headers shown at upper-right.
In that case, none of the other parts
shown here but IC10 are installed.
became aware of the “ADAU1467
Core Board” and development
boards on eBay and AliExpress. This board is pretty
much exactly the same
as our ADAU1467 core
circuit, which we
replicated from
the OEM design
notes.
So much
so that we were
able to buy one, and
‘graft’ it onto our board, simply leaving off IC18 and its support
components. So we rolled this into
our design, and now you are able
to choose whether you solder that
88-pin leadless chip, or leave the
whole section off and plug in a purchased ADAU1467 Core Board to the
two DIL headers shown at upper-right
in Fig.5 (and in this photo).
siliconchip.com.au
There are up to four onboard DACs,
all based on PCM1794A or PCM1798
chips. The circuit for one of these
is shown in Fig.6. These chips are
pin-compatible, with the PCM1794A
being more ‘premium’, offering
127dB dynamic range vs 123dB and
a THD+N of 0.0004% vs 0.0005% at
44.1kSa/s.
We are running the whole digital
signal processing part of this design
at 192kSa/s for a couple of reasons.
Firstly, if we want to implement time
alignment with simple buffer delays
applied to individual channels, the
delay resolution is defined by the
DSP clock rate. 192kSa/s is 5.2μs per
sample.
It would be possible to implement
a filter to generate this phase shift at
a lower sampling rate, but that would
substantially complicate the programming and affect phase
linearity across the
band.
A second reason for using a
192kSa/s sampling rate is to ensure
that the frequency response is flat for
the entirety of the audio band and well
beyond. We want the Digital Preamplifier to be as transparent as practical.
We have used the CS4398 in several
other designs with great success. However, while developing this Preamp,
stocks were low and lead times long.
So we went to the PCM1794A/98. If
you look at the datasheet for this DAC,
you see excellent specs, a dynamic
range and signal-to-noise ratio of
123dB (129dB for the PCM1794A), and
a THD+N of 0.0015% for both.
Hold on, didn’t we just say that the
THD+N was 0.0004%? Looking more
closely at the datasheet shows that
this is true at 44.1kHz but at 88kHz,
the THD+N doubles to 0.0008%, and
at 192kHz, it nearly doubles again,
to 0.0015%. None of these are even
remotely a problem, and the dynamic
range of these chips is even better than
our usual CS4398.
With their superlative SNR, they are
very well suited to our application,
where we will be performing volume
control digitally.
We spent some time measuring this
sampling rate dependency of the THD
figure. Especially given that super low
noise floor. With a 1kHz, 1.8V RMS
output (0.9V RMS input), the second
harmonic is at 0.0015%, which is
entirely consistent with the specified
performance. The noise floor
is about 130dB below
full scale.
The Digital
Preamplifier
design keeps wiring
and cabling in a high-end
hifi system to a minimum.
This version uses the plug-in ADAU1467
Core Board rather than a discrete chip.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 37
We found some low-frequency spurs
that were mains-related and might be
because the Digital Preamp sat on top
of the signal generator during testing.
As with the ADC, we have included
an I2S header (CON1) on each channel. These provide test points for the
MCLK, LRCLK, BCLK and SDATA signals. Once the DSP chip is running,
you should see a 192kHz square wave
on the LRCLK line, with the data and
other clock signals synchronised to it.
The circuit is pretty much what’s
recommended by the manufacturer,
and as it does what it says on the box,
we see no need to change it.
A relay is included for each channel that disconnects the output at
power-up and power-down. This prevents unwanted noises being sent to
the speakers.
USB interface
This is a somewhat expensive, but
we think really important, component
of the Digital Preamplifier. It allows
high-quality audio to be received from
and sent to a computer via a USB port.
It does this by interfacing to an external board. The interface is electrically
isolated, as shown in Fig.7.
The MCHStreamer Lite (which
excludes the unnecessary optical
input) costs ~$150. We have seen several other USB-to-I2S data converters,
but no alternatives at a good price that
can also perform the I2S-to-USB task.
If you do not need to record audio
from your Digital Preamplifier on your
Fig.6: one DAC channel; the op amps and associated resistors and capacitors form the reconstruction filter. This circuit
is replicated four times on the board, with only the DAC_SCLK_CHx, DAC_DATA_CHx and physical output connector
varying between them.
38
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
computer, you could substitute the
miniDSP MCHStreamer with an ‘output only’ alternative and wire it into
the miniDSP headers.
The MCHStreamer interface has
been kept as simple as possible. The
headers allow the MCHStreamer to be
connected to the Digital Preamplifier
board using flying leads. Only a handful of wires are actually needed, but
to keep things tidy, we used the plugs
and flying leads miniDSP provided
and soldered all the pigtails to the PCB.
We have placed the connectors on
the board so that if you solder the
pigtails with the connector standing
straight up from the PCB, the pigtails
simply go straight down into corresponding PCB pads without any wires
crossing over etc. You then bend the
wires to plug into the miniDSP as
shown in the photos.
The MCHStreamer deals with the
USB to I2S conversion. On a Windows
computer, you need to install ASIO
drivers; once you have made the purchase from miniDSP, they are available
for you to download and use on all
Fig.7: this circuit snippet interfaces the
MCHStreamer USB audio I/O interface with the rest of
the circuitry. It’s isolated to avoid hum loops and such.
your devices. On Linux and Mac computers, the device will simply work.
The MAX22345SAAP+ isolates the
computer’s USB port from the Digital
Preamplifier. This avoids annoying
hum loops, which are a notoriously
common with laptops and PCs. This
isolation is for noise reduction only;
it is not galvanic isolation to provide
mains or high-voltage protection.
Microcontroller
The microcontroller circuit shown
in Fig.8 does a few things:
Fig.8: the microcontroller circuit, which configures the DSP and handles the user interface. The buttons and rotary
encoder connect via CON16, while the alphanumeric LCD is wired up via either CON8 or CON19.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 39
Replacing the PCM1798 with a PCM1794A
While the Preamp can be built with either PCM1794A or PCM1798 DAC chips,
and they are pin-compatible, some components need to be changed; the circuit is shown with values to suit the PCM1798. The reason for this is that the
full-scale output current is different, being 7.8mA for the PCM1794A ($25 per
chip) and 4mA for the PCM1798 ($10 per chip).
To change from the PCM1798 to PCM1974A, there are a handful of resistors and capacitors that need to be different values, and a couple of parts that
are omitted. These are listed in the notes in Fig.6 and on the PCB silkscreen.
● It loads the required software into
the ADAU1467 on power-up
● It displays information on a 16×2
character alphanumeric LCD
● It handles sensing for the pushbuttons and rotary encoder
● It initialises and communicates
with all the other chips, like DACs
and ADCs
● It handles input selection, volume control, equalisation etc
● It decodes and handles infrared
remote control signals
The chip (IC15) comes in a 44-pin
QFP package that is not difficult to
solder.
We thought about implementing a
fancy graphical display, but there’s
pretty limited space on the front of
a 1U case, which is just 44.5mm tall.
While the Digital Preamp is a fairly
advanced piece of gear, the alphanumeric LCD provides enough space to
do what we need, ie, adjust volumes,
switch between inputs and set up digital filters.
The user interface to the Digital Preamplifier needs to:
● Let you set up the channels in
terms of crossover parameters, slopes,
relative attenuation and frequencies
● Let you set up the equalisation
● Let you set the subwoofer channels for mono or stereo output
● Select the channel to monitor
● Select the input to listen to
● Change the volume
Once the unit is set up, it
is only the last two things
you will ever really do.
We generate a negative
bias voltage for the LCD
from the -10V rail using
a simple LED voltage drop
(LED2). We need this as we are
running the 16×2 LCD from just 3.3V,
and the panel needs close to 5V on
the bias to operate properly. Every
16×2 LCD we have seen works well
this way, and this makes the LCD data
interface compatible with the 3.3V PIC
microcontroller.
40
Silicon Chip
A typical 16×2 LCD screen has a
16-pin SIL interface, which we have
adapted for convenience to an 8×2pin header (CON19). This way, we can
crimp an IDC plug onto a ribbon cable
and simply plug it into the PCB. The
wires at the other end can then be soldered to the LCD’s SIL header, or via
another IDC plug and a small adaptor
board that we’ve used before.
Controls
The controls (buttons, rotary
encoder etc) are mounted on a small,
separate PCB; its circuit is shown in
Fig.9. The board houses three push
button switches, a rotary encoder with
an integrated pushbutton switch, and a
TSOP4136 infrared (IR) receiver. This
mounts to the front panel using the
rotary encoder boss and nut.
The rotary encoder on the front
panel is a volume control most of the
time. There are two buttons to the left
that let you switch through the available inputs. The GUI defaults to showing the volume and input selected.
If you push the volume control in,
it will save the current parameters.
If you push the button to the right of
the control, which is like a ‘back’ button, you can rotate through the other
menus, which allow you to change:
● Crossover parameters
● Equalisation
● Load a setup
● Save a setup to one of three spots
On power-up, the system reads
the configuration from its EEPROM.
There will not be valid data on the
first power-up, so the software will use
default values. Remember to save your
setup once you enter it; after that, the
system boot to your main configuration on power-up.
Power supply
All that remains of the circuit is
the power supply. This is split into
two parts, because the main rectification, filtering and pre-regulators are
on a standalone power supply board.
We have done this to ensure that all
the rectification and switching ‘stuff’
happens away from the mixed signal
analog and DSP board.
It also means that if we want to
change the packaging or power supply, we can do this simply. The circuit
of this separate power supply board is
shown in Fig.10.
This is pretty conventional; it generates a 5V digital supply and ± 10V DC
rails for the analog parts of the Digital
Preamplifier. The main challenge here
is the need for well over 250mA from
the analog rails and in excess of half
an amp on the 5V rail.
This makes it difficult to design it
to run from a DC supply, with a voltage inverter generating the negative
rail. It makes using a single AC input
(such as from a plugpack) less than a
great idea. We were using a 16V AC
1.38A plug pack in this way during
tests, and when the DSP was loaded,
the plugpack fuse blew! The plugpack
Fig.9: the small control
board circuit; CON1
connects directly to
CON16 shown in Fig.8.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
also produced high (±22V) unfiltered
analog rails, resulting in high dissipation in the regulators.
Instead, we are using a dual 12V AC
secondary 30VA mains transformer
to drive the power supply board,
mounted in the same case, near the
supply board. REG1 & REG2 need heatsinks; they will get toasty warm, but
they do pass our ‘can you hold your
finger on them’ test.
The digital rail uses a switch-mode
buck (step-down) converter. This is
required to efficiently drop the unregulated 16V rail down to a regulated 5V.
The LM2575-5 (REG3) does not get hot
and can operate without a heatsink.
We have used generous main filter
capacitor banks, with three 2200μF
capacitors per side. You could probably get away with half that; the main
reason for using this many was the
ripple current. Two 1000μF capacitors were within specification in this
circuit based on their ripple current
rating, but they got warm during operation, which does not bode well for a
long service life.
So we switched from two to three
devices and (more than) doubled their
capacitances to be safe.
The regulators are fed through
47μH/100μF LC low-pass filters.
These, along with cuts in the ground
plane, seek to isolate digital current
paths to the main filters from the analog regulators.
Onboard regulation
The +5V, +10V & -10V supplies from
CON2 & CON3 on the power supply
board are fed to CON12 & CON11,
respectively, on the Digital Preamplifier board – see Fig.11.
The main digital supply is +3.3Vdig.
This is generated from the incoming
5V rail using a low-drop out regulator
(REG1, LD1117V33). This is distributed on a power plane on the fourlayer PCB (more on that later).
The ADAU1467 DSP also has an
analog 3.3V input, which we don’t
really rely on, but we have included
a separate regulator to provide clean
power to it (REG2). We figured if we
left this off, we would regret it at some
point! It just depends on how the software in the ADAU1467 is written.
The ±10Vfilt1 rails are simply filtered versions of the ±10V supplies
from the power supply board. As we’ve
seen in the other circuits we’ve looked
at, many of them have additional filtering to feed the individual ICs.
The 5V analog rail for the DACs
(+5Vdac) is derived from the +10Vfilt1
rail, as we want this to be as clean as
possible, and definitely do not want
digital or switching noise from the
other 5V rail creeping in.
The power supply also includes
circuitry to control the output-enable
relays (the bottom third of Fig.11).
This holds the output relays off during
power-up and disconnects the outputs
as soon as power is removed. This is
extremely important when driving a
power amplifier directly, as we need
to suppress any start-up and shutdown ‘thumps’.
There are two main sources of these;
the first is the operational amplifiers and DC decoupling capacitors
settling. The second is the ADC and
DAC, which use a single-rail analog
stage with the input and outputs offset by 2.5V. This offset is removed by
Fig.10: this
separate power supply
board converts the 2 × 12V
AC inputs from a toroidal
transformer to the +5V and
±10V rails that power the
whole Digital Preamplifier.
Note that the case is
Earthed and the PCB Earth
connection is via one of the
PCB’s mounting holes.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 41
AC-coupling the signals, but charging
and discharging these capacitors takes
a little time.
The start-up circuit monitors the
‘half rail’ voltage between the positive and negative rails, via two 4.7kW
resistors near the centre of the circuit.
This is compared to the same half-rail
voltage but filtered by a 220μF capacitor. Q2 and Q11 together sense a difference in excess of ±0.6V, and if this
is detected, they switch on Q13, which
disables the output.
This capacitor is discharged at powerup, so it ensures the system is muted
then. Also, as the rail voltages drop at
power-off, this holds charge and forces
the output to be muted as soon as one
of the rails has dropped by 0.6V.
PCB design
As briefly mentioned earlier, the
rather large main PCB is a four-layer
design (the power supply needs only
two layers). The main advantage of
doing it this way is that we can have
two signal layers (on the top and bottom of the PCB) and power/ground
planes on the internal layers.
This greatly simplifies the job of
routing the PCB, as we need to do
very little to correctly connect the
power and ground pins of most components. It also keeps voltage drops
nice and low.
Fig.12 shows the power plane with
multiple rails. These allow distribution of the digital and various analog
rails to each section of the circuit. As
we’ve seen in the circuit diagrams,
each main analog section has its own
sub-rails derived from the ±10V rails
using 10W/100μF low-pass filters.
The blue areas in Fig.12 show the
internal layer that distributes the various power rails. The pink area is the
ground plane; it extends throughout
the whole of the blue area, too.
The top plane of the PCB is primarily digital traces (orange/brown),
while the bottom plane of the PCB
primarily carries the analog signals
(mauve). Once we get power and
ground traces onto their own planes,
routing becomes a lot easier, and we
are able to choose optimal routing of
signals without the need to accommodate those power and
ground traces at the same
time.
Fig.13 shows the copper traces with the power
plains hidden. Here, you
can see how we have
separated the digital and analog sections of the circuit. You will also note
the differential output lines near the
DAC chips (towards the upper right)
running close together in pairs. This
has been done throughout the layout
to minimise hum and noise pickup.
This extends to the output.
Similar attention has been paid to
the input stage and ADC.
Packaging
We have used an Altronics H5031
one-rack-unit (1U) case to hold all
Fig.11: the Digital Preamp’s onboard power supply circuitry. This includes a filter for the ±10V rails, a
+5Vdac analog supply that’s derived from them, two +5V and two +3.3V digital rails derived from the
incoming 5V supply, plus the power on/off output disconnection control circuitry shown at the bottom.
42
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
this. It is very neat and not hard to do
the metalwork for – although there is
a fair bit of drilling on the rear panel.
The rear panel houses the IEC mains
connector, mains fuse, holes for the
USB & S/PDIF inputs, plus 10 dual
RCA connectors for the analog inputs
and outputs.
Next month
That’s all we have space for in this
issue – that was a lot to take in at once!
Next month, we will present the parts
list, PCB assembly and initial testing
instructions. After that, the third and
final part will cover case drilling & cutting, final assembly, wiring and usage
SC
of the Digital Preamplifier.
Figs.12 & 13: by making the PCB a four-layer design, we have the luxury of an internal power and ground plane, along
with the top/bottom layers, which are used mainly for signal routing. The blue areas are the internal copper pours for
power distribution, while the pink area is the internal ground plane (left diagram). The diagram on the right shows the
board without the power planes, so you can see the top & bottom layers more clearly. You can see how clean the signal
routing is, since power and ground tracks are not needed on these layers. We keep the digital and analog tracks separate
by routing them on opposite sides of the PCB. Both diagrams are shown at 59% of actual size.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 43
LOOKING TO REFRESH
YOUR WORKBENCH?
We’ve got the essentials to power up
your next project, at the best value.
PERFECT FOR COMPACT
WORKSPACES
$
ADJUSTABLE ARM
IDEAL FOR SOLDERING, PLASTIC
CUTTING, HEAT SHRINKING, ETC.
ONLY
5995
.
QM3552
FOR A BETTER VIEW
Illuminated Desktop Magnifier
• 100mm 3-dioptre glass lens
• 30 bright LEDs
• Mains powered
QM3552
SOLDER ANYTHING, ANYWHERE!
$
SuperPro Gas Soldering Tool Kit
• Up to 580°C temp range
• Up to 120 min run time
• Durable case with extra tip storage
TS1328
ONLY
209
TS1328
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT DISPLAY
$
ONLY
39
95
CONSTANT CURRENT & VOLTAGE
IN A SLIMLINE FORM FACTOR
.
TH1827
CABLE MAKING ONE HANDED!
Heavy Duty Wire Stripper
• Cutter, crimper & wire guide
• Strips 10-24 AWG/0.13-6.0mm
• Single handed operation
TH1827
$
SLIM IN SIZE, BIG IN OUTPUT
Slimline Lab Power Supply
• 0-16VDC <at> 0-5A (max.)
0-27VDC <at> 0-3A (max.)
0-36VDC <at> 0-2.2A (max.)
• Up to 80W max.
• Just 300L x 138H x 53Wmm
MP3842
ONLY
5995
.
QM1323
MEASUREMENTS MADE EASY!
Autoranging Digital
Multimeter with Temperature
• Cat III 600V
• 10A AC or DC current
• 40MΩ resistance
• 100µF capacitance
• 760°C temperature
• K-type probe & case incl.
QM1323
PROVIDES THE PERFECT
SOLUTION FOR YOUR
SOLDERING & ASSEMBLY NEEDS
MEET YOUR NEW RIGHT-HAND
Third Hand PCB Holder
• Four adjustable arms
• Sturdy metal base
• Anti-slip
ONLY
TH1981
$
1495
.
TH1981
Explore our great range of 3D Printing gear, in stock on our website,
or at over 140 stores or 130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au 1800 022 888 | jaycar.co.nz 0800 452 922
Prices shown in $AUD and correct at time of publication but are subject to change.
Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
$
ONLY
219
MP3842
NEED TO TOP-UP YOUR
SERVICE AIDS AND ESSENTIALS?
GREAT RANGE. GREAT VALUE.
In-stock at your conveniently located stores nationwide.
4
2
1
3
5
BUY IN BULK & SAVE!!!
1
2
Isopropyl Alcohol
99.8% 250ml Spray NA1066
BUY 1+ $13.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $12.45 EA.
BUY 10+ $10.95 EA.
99.8% 300g Aerosol NA1067
BUY 1+ $15.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $13.95 EA.
BUY 10+ $12.45 EA.
70% 1 Litre Bottle NA1071
BUY 1+ $21.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $19.45 EA.
BUY 10+ $17.45 EA.
Electronic Parts
Cleaning Solution
1 Litre Bottle NA1070
BUY 1+ $15.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $13.95 EA.
BUY 10+ $12.45 EA.
3
Liquid Electrical Tape
28g Tube, Black NM2836
28g Tube, Red NM2838
BUY 1+ $25.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $22.95 EA.
BUY 10+ $20.45 EA.
4
5
175g Aerosols
Contact Cleaner Lubricant
NA1012
Electronic Cleaning Solvent
NA1004
BUY 1+ $13.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $12.45 EA.
BUY 10+ $10.95 EA.
PTFE Dry Lubricant
NA1013
BUY 1+ $15.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $13.95 EA.
BUY 10+ $12.45 EA.
J-B Weld Products
J-B Weld Epoxy 28g NA1518
BUY 1+ $24.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $22.45 EA.
BUY 10+ $19.95 EA.
SuperWeld Extreme 15g
NA1539
BUY 1+ $16.50 EA.
BUY 4+ $14.50 EA.
WaterWeld 57g
NA1532
BUY 1+ $25.95 EA.
BUY 4+ $22.95 EA.
BUY 10+ $20.45 EA.
Shop at Jaycar for even more
service aids & essentials:
• Adhesives & Insulation Tapes
• Solder & Soldering Aids
• Wire & Heatshrink Tubing
• Fasteners & Cable Ties
• Ultrasonic Cleaners
• Tools & Workbench Accessories
Explore our great range of 3D Printing gear, in stock on our website,
or at over 140 stores or 130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au 1800 022 888 | jaycar.co.nz 0800 452 922
Prices shown in $AUD and correct at time of publication but are subject to change.
Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
Part 2 by Richard palmer
HOME
ASSISTANT
R
P
with a
aspberry
i
Having set up a custom
Home Automation (HA)
system, we now look
at advanced features
like cameras, custom
dashboards, IR remote
control, notifications
and remote access on a
mobile phone, tablet or PC.
L
ast month, our article on Home Automation explained how to set up a Raspberry Pi to act as a Home Automation hub. We also presented a project
article to build a Satellite, allowing
the connection of all sorts of low-cost
sensors, relays, displays and more.
We mentioned some cameras that
can be connected to this HA system
but didn’t give instructions on doing
so. We will now explain how to connect a few different types of camera.
After that, we will create a custom
dashboard, a temperature history chart
and an adjustable thermostat. We will
then look at switching devices on and
off with infrared remote control, set
up remote access from a smartphone
or tablet using a VPN and create an
intruder alert with a passive infrared
(PIR) sensor detects motion.
Finally, we will explain how to back
up your HA system in case something
goes wrong.
configure. Daylight image quality was
limited, but good enough for many
purposes.
The ONVIF IP camera was the most
complex to set up, requiring a smartphone app to connect it to the network.
Two of the four IP cameras we obtained
were not ONVIF-compliant, despite
their specifications saying they were.
Once connected to the network
using the mobile phone app, the two
ONVIF-compliant cameras were automatically set up by HA. These cameras
produced the best pictures overall,
particularly in poor light or darkness.
Both had pan and tilt capabilities that
could be accessed from HA.
USB camera setup
Plug the USB (UVC) camera into a
spare port on the Raspberry Pi. There is
no need to switch the hub off to do this.
Click on your name at the bottom
of the left menu bar. Enable the
“Advanced mode” slider in the first
block of options. Go to Settings, then
System, then Hardware and click
on the ALL HARDWARE link. Type
“video” into the search box.
Click on the down arrow next to the
first entry that resembles “video0”.
Copy the “Device path:” value. It will
be something like “/dev/video0”.
Exit the menu and go to Settings,
then Add-ons. Install the “File editor” add-on by going to the ADD-ON
STORE and searching for “file”. Once
it has finished installing, enable the
“Watchdog” and “Show in sidebar”
options and start the add-on.
Once it has started, click on the File
editor link in the sidebar menu. The
file “/homeassistant/configuration.
yaml” should open automatically. If
not, click on the folder icon at the
top left corner of the panel and select
Setting up cameras
Three of the options for adding a
camera to HomeAssistant are explored
below: a USB camera connected
directly to the HA hub; a $10 ESP-CAM
converted into an ESPHome webcam,
and an ONVIF compliant IP camera
with pan and tilt functions. Each has
advantages and disadvantages.
The UVC-compliant USB camera
was the easiest to configure, but must
be plugged directly into the HA hub.
It provided good images in daylight.
The ESP-CAM has WiFi and was the
least expensive and straightforward to
46
Silicon Chip
Screen 8: the USB camera’s card in
the Overview dashboard.
Screen 9: the ESP-CAM card with the
LED toggle visible.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
“configuration.yaml”. Click the red
edit icon at the bottom right-hand corner of the screen.
Add the code shown in Block #1 at
the end of the file (you need to type
the indentation spaces exactly like
this, not just the text - indents are two
spaces), and save it with the red disk
icon at the top right.
Restart Home Assistant using the
cog icon at the top right of the screen.
Once HA has restarted, the camera
card should appear in the Overview
dashboard – see Screen 8.
Setting up the ESP-CAM
ESP-CAMs have an ESP32 microcontroller attached to a small camera
module. If the USB daughterboard was
not supplied with your camera, you
will need a USB-to-TTL serial adaptor to complete the process. You can
find instructions for doing that from
siliconchip.au/link/ac5x
Now connect the ESP-CAM to a
USB port on the HA hub. In ESPHome
Builder, click on +NEW DEVICE and
name your device ESP-CAM or similar.
Select ESP32 as the device type. Click
INSTALL, then select “Plug into the
computer running ESPHome Device
Builder”.
A USB Serial device should be
identified. Select it, and the firmware
should automatically compile and
upload. It might take some time for the
ESP32 platform files and libraries to
download before compilation begins.
Once the compilation and ESP32 programming are complete, the ESP-CAM
should be visible in the ESPHome
Builder tab.
Add the code from Block #2 to the
device’s YAML configuration file in
ESPHome Builder and re-install the
firmware wirelessly (again, you must
include any spaces at the start of the
lines exactly like this).
Once the device has rebooted, go to
Settings then Devices & services and
accept the discovered device, naming it ESPCAM or similar. Re-load the
Overview dashboard and a new entry
for ESP-CAM, and its associated LED
switch should appear within a minute or so – see Screen 9. The ESPCAM
LED slider enables the onboard LED.
If the camera image does not appear,
it is likely that your camera doesn’t
follow the original AI-Thinker pinouts. Opening the logs may help you
figure out what’s going on. Several
other pin-out options are available in
siliconchip.com.au
CODE BLOCK #1
## USB_camera.yaml
camera:
- platform: ffmpeg
name: USBcam
input: /dev/video0
CODE BLOCK #2
## ESPCAM.yaml
esp32_camera:
external_clock:
pin: GPIO0
frequency: 20MHz
i2c_pins:
sda: GPIO26
scl: GPIO27
data_pins: [GPIO5, GPIO18, GPIO19,
GPIO21, GPIO36, GPIO39, GPIO34, GPIO35]
vsync_pin: GPIO25
href_pin: GPIO23
pixel_clock_pin: GPIO22
power_down_pin: GPIO32
## Image settings
name: ESPcam
id: ESPCAM
switch:
- platform: gpio
id: espcam_led
name: “ESPCAM LED”
pin: 4
CODE BLOCK #3
## SamsungTV_IR.yaml
## IR funtions for Pico
external_components:
- source: github://pr#5974
components: [remote_transmitter]
refresh: always
## IR infra red
remote_transmitter:
pin: 0
carrier_duty_percent: 50%
## toggle power on/off
button:
- platform: template
name: “TV on/off”
id: TV_toggle
on_press:
- remote_transmitter.transmit_pronto:
data: “paste hex string here”
CODE BLOCK #4
{{now() - state_attr(‘’automation.Intrusion’’, ‘’last_triggered’’) >
timedelta(minutes = 1) }}
CODE BLOCK #5
## intruder_alert_enable.yaml
- platform: template
name: “Intruder active”
id: Intruder_active
optimistic: True
the documentation at siliconchip.au/
link/ac5y
IP camera setup
While integrating an IP camera
into HA is straightforward, finding
a camera compliant with the ONVIF
standard for pan, tilt and zoom (PTZ)
can be tricky. Marketplaces like eBay
or AliExpress will return hundreds
of matches to a search for “ONVIF
Australia's electronics magazine
These code blocks will be
available as a download
from siliconchip.com.au/
Shop/6/2482
webcam” or “ONVIF IP camera”.
Check in the item’s specifications for
a mention of ONVIF compliance.
I had the most success with V380
cameras that also indicate ONVIF
compliance.
Install the camera on your local network using the app that applies to your
camera, eg, V380 or V380 Pro. I found
the V380 mobile phone app straightforward to use; the cameras behave like
October 2025 47
Screens 10 & 11: the IP camera’s dashboard card (left), and the dashboard card with pan and tilt controls added.
a WiFi hotspot when first switched on.
This time, we’ll launch the installation via a link on the HomeAssistant website. Navigate to the ONVIF
page on the HomeAssistant webpage
(www.home-assistant.io/integrations/
onvif) and click on the blue ADD INTEGRATION TO MY button. Accept the
invitation to open another HA settings
page as well as the “Do you want to
set up ONVIF” prompt.
Allow the device setup to search
automatically for your camera. Your
camera should appear in the “Select
ONVIF device” pop-up options. Select
it and click SUBMIT. Name your camera “IP camera” and finish the setup.
Refresh the Overview dashboard and
the camera should appear, as shown
in Screen 10.
The pan and tilt functions can’t be
enabled in the automatically configured Overview dashboard, as additional code needs to be added to the
display card. These functions will be
enabled later, when creating a custom
dashboard.
sign icon inside the dashed box to
create the section, then click the “+”
sign within the section to create a new
card. Type “picture” into the search
box and select “Picture glance” from
the results.
Select your IP camera from the Camera entity drop-down menu. In the
“Entities (required)” section, delete
the existing entries. Click on SHOW
CODE EDITOR immediately below.
In the “entities:” section of the
existing configuration, below the
existing “- entity” line, paste the contents of the IP_camera.yaml file from
the download pack (siliconchip.au/
Shop/6/2482) and save the configuration. The “camera_image” line should
be after the pasted text. Click DONE
to exit editing mode. The pan and tilt
controls on the camera card should
look like those shown in Screen 11;
you can test them now.
If the arrows don’t appear on the
camera card, it’s likely that you have
pasted the file into the wrong spot
or your camera’s stream name is different from the one in the file. In the
latter case, make all references to the
camera the same as the one in the “entity” line.
A temperature history chart
This section relies on you having built the Satellite described last
month, which incorporates a temperature sensor, relay and LED indicating
when the relay is on.
To create another card for the temperature graph in a new section on the
dashboard, enter editing mode and
click on the “+” sign. Type “history”
into the search box and select “History
graph”. Change “Hours to show” to 1.
Under the “Entities” heading, delete
any existing entity and add “myHome
Temperature” from the drop-down list,
then save the result. A graph of the
temperature over the last hour should
appear, as shown in Screen 12.
A custom dashboard
So far, we’ve relied on the Overview
dashboard, which is maintained automatically by HA. While it displays all
the enabled devices, more advanced
features are not available. The system
supports multiple dashboards, so we
will create one to enable the pan and
tilt functions of the IP camera and to
graph temperature over time.
Go to Settings, then Dashboards and
select + ADD DASHBOARD. Select the
“New dashboard from scratch” option
and make the Title “myDash”. “Show
in sidebar” should be enabled. Select
your new dashboard from the main
left menu and click on the edit pencil
at the top right corner of the screen.
To create a card for the IP camera
in a new section on the dashboard,
click on the four squares and a “+”
48
Silicon Chip
Screen 12: the custom temperature-over-time chart shown at the bottom and the
relay LED history shown at the very top.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
To complete the dashboard, we can
add a timeline to show when the thermostat was switched on. Re-open the
card by clicking on the pencil that
appears when you hover over the control. Add a second entity, “myHome
Relay LED” to the card. Click Save
and a timeline should appear above
the graph. Click DONE to exit editing mode.
Place your finger on the temperature
sensor. When the LED lights due to the
AC On automation triggering, the end
of the grey bar should turn yellow as
the temperature graph spikes – see the
top of Screen 12.
A better thermostat
The thermostat created in last
month’s article lacks a key feature: the
ability to easily change the temperature setpoint. HomeAssistant has a
generic thermostat integration that can
control the relay. First, disable the two
existing AC automations in the Automations settings menu by moving their
Enable sliders to the left.
Go to Devices settings and add an
integration called “Generic thermostat (helper)”. Name it “AC Thermostat”; select “Cooling mode”, use the
“myHome Temperature” sensor and
“myHome Relay LED” as the Actuator
switch, then set the Cold tolerance to
1. The minimum and maximum target
temperatures can be set to 10 and 30,
respectively. Scroll down and click
NEXT.
Add temperature values into the
Comfort and Eco presets, then click
SUBMIT and FINISH.
The card will appear in the Overview dashboard – see Screen 13. The
setpoint is displayed in the centre of
the card and is controlled by moving
the larger open circle on the gauge.
Enable the thermostat by clicking the
snowflake icon. The relay LED should
switch on when the setpoint is 0.5°C
lower than the room temperature, and
off when the setpoint is 0.5°C higher.
The activity bar above the temperature graph that we created earlier
should show the Relay LED’s activity
as the thermostat is exercised.
To use one of the temperature presets, click on the three dots at the topright of the card. A drop-down menu
at the bottom right of the pop-up
allows selection of any available presets (Screen 14). Selecting None will
revert to the last manual setting.
A home air conditioner (especially a
siliconchip.com.au
split system) is likely to have an infrared remote control. The TV remote
control below could readily be adapted
for this purpose.
IR remote control
Adding remote functions for devices
with infrared remotes involves adding
a button to your dashboard and connecting it to an appropriate code for
the IR LED to transmit (like the one on
our Satellite).
Finding the correct codes for your
device may take some hunting around.
The most comprehensive source I
have found is IRDB (siliconchip.au/
link/ac5z). The free sign-up allows
five codes per day to be downloaded.
The code begins with a patch to
enable the IR function on a Pico. By
the time this is in print, the “external_components:” section may no longer be required. If the code compiles
properly, then leave it in; otherwise,
try without it.
A Button input is then defined,
which will appear on the dashboard.
Finally, get the PRONTO IR code from
IRDB and paste it into the “data:” line.
A separate section of code starting with
“– platform: template” will need to be
created for each additional function
button (see Block #3).
The SamsungTV_IR.yaml code in
the download pack includes the code
to toggle a Samsung TV’s power. Once
the Satellite has been updated, a “TV
on/off” button labelled PRESS should
appear in the myHome card on the
Overview dashboard – see Screen 15.
If you have a Samsung TV, point
the IR LED toward the TV and press
the button. The TV should switch on
or off with each button press. The
appropriate codes for many other TV
brands should be available from the
IRDB database.
Screens 13 & 14: the thermostat card
(above) and accessing the thermostat
presets (below).
Access from a phone or tablet
To provide access to a smartphone
or tablet dashboard while connected
to your local WiFi network, install the
HomeAssistant app for iOS or Android.
Start the app & follow the prompts.
If you don’t enable location permissions, the device tracking function
and the sensors on the mobile device
won’t register properly with HA. The
Notifications permission will be used
in a later example, so enable it now.
Enter the username and password
you created earlier in HomeAssistant
into the app. All HA functions should
Australia's electronics magazine
Screen 15: myDash on a mobile
phone, with the TV on/off button
visible near the bottom.
October 2025 49
Screen 16: the TailScale website console page. The HomeAssistant entry needs
to be made an Exit Node, and the detected subnet approved in the “Edit route
settings” dialog.
Screen 17: the TailScale control panel after a PC and phone have been added.
be available. As mentioned before, creating and using a profile on HA without the ability to administer the system is a good idea for everyday and
particularly mobile use.
Virtual private network
Remote access to HA from outside
your local network requires several
elements: a URL that is recognisable
externally, a way to convert that to an
IP address and secure access to the
HA hub through your internet router.
There are several different
approaches to providing remote
access to HomeAssistant, which are
discussed at siliconchip.au/link/ac60
WunderTech provides a complete
examination of the pros & cons of each
method at siliconchip.au/link/ac61
Virtual Private Network (VPN) connections are relatively easy to set up
and offer a high level of security. Tail
Scale has a free offering that is a recommended HA option for remote access.
TailScale needs to be installed on
every device that has remote access.
Each connects to TailScale’s cloud service to discover the other members.
In most cases, no router settings need
to be changed when using TailScale.
50
Silicon Chip
The VPN requires setting up a Tail
Scale account plus configuration of HA
and your mobile device. If you find the
instructions below difficult to follow,
there are several good YouTube tutorials on connecting HA to TailScale. I
found the one by Joyce Lin to be helpful (https://youtu.be/EJ3cjoJAaQA).
Go to TailScale’s website (https://
tailscale.com) and set up a free
account. It requires you to use an
existing identity provider rather than
setting up a new username and password. If your preferred identity source
is not in the list, the OpenID Connect
(OIDC) option can provide linkage to
a wide range of additional providers.
To add the integration in HA, go to
the Settings then Add-ons menu and
click the + ADD-ON STORE button.
Search for “TailScale” and follow the
installation prompts. Enable all four
options in the configuration panel,
then start the add-on and then click
the OPEN WEB UI button.
Log HomeAssistant into TailScale
with the same credentials you used to
create the account, re-authenticating if
required. Next, connect your Home
Assistant to your TailNet.
The final step of the installation
Australia's electronics magazine
process on HomeAssistant opens a
browser window that logs you into
TailScale’s control panel. Under the
“homeassistant” entry, there will be
several blue indicator boxes – see
Screen 16. If they have exclamation
marks in circles, click on the ellipsis
(…) at the end of the homeassistant
line and select “Edit route settings”.
Select both check boxes and then Save.
The “Exit node” option allows HA
to act as a server on your personal
TailNet.
You can now log into HomeAssistant from any device that is connected
to your TailNet. The Subnet router
option authorises the HA hub to route
traffic from satellite devices through
the TailNet.
Install the TailScale app on your
mobile device from the app store and
log in to it. The HA app should now be
able to access your hub when outside
your wireless network’s range. Similarly, TailScale can be added on a PC
– see the “linus” entry on Screen 17.
Switching off WiFi on your phone,
if it is enabled, will allow this feature
to be tested. The HomeAssistant app
on your phone will ask for a new IP
address. http://homeassistant:8123
should do the trick, as TailScale provides address translation and routing
services. After a few seconds, your
connection to HA should be restored.
An alternative, configured with just
a few mouse clicks, is Home Assistant’s Cloud service, which has a
31-day free trial followed by subscriptions at around $11 per month or $110
per year, including GST.
Your default HomeAssistant login
has full administrator privileges on
the remote device. For better security, creating a second, less-privileged
account. Go to the Settings then People menu on the main HA screen then
click + ADD PERSON and it will lead
you through the process. Do not enable
the Administrator option for this new
account.
Thermostat notification
Notifications are implemented by
creating an action in an automation.
To create a new automation, add
a Trigger, selecting Entity and then
State as the type. In the When panel,
select “AC Thermostat” as the entity,
“Current action” as the Attribute.
Set “From” to Idle and “To” to Cooling, then click on + ADD ACTION
at the bottom of the screen, select
siliconchip.com.au
“Notifications” and “send a persistent
notification”
Fill in an appropriate message and
click the SAVE button – see Screen 18.
Each time the virtual AC switches
on, a timestamped notification message will appear in the Notifications
panel on all connected devices.
To disable the automation, go to the
Automations menu & move the slider
attached to the automation to the left.
A PIR intruder alert
Now let’s create an automation that
produces a notification each time the
PIR sensor on the Satellite is triggered.
The trigger will be the myHome.PIR
entity. Set “From” to Clear and “To”
to Detected, then click on “+ ADD
ACTION” at the bottom of the screen
and select Notifications.
If you have set up remote access on
a phone, select “send a notification
via mobile_app_xxxx”. Put “Intruder
alert!” in the message and in the title
and click SAVE; name your automation “Intrusion”. If you have not
enabled remote access at this point,
use the “Persistent notification” option
instead.
Every time something moves in front
of the PIR sensor, a notification message will be sent. If a human intrusion
occurs or the cat decides to play in
front of the sensor at midnight, you’ll
be flooded by messages. A time delay
on the automation being re-triggered
will limit the number of messages.
To delay re-triggering, a condition is
added to the automation that detects
the last time it was triggered and calculates whether it was longer than
one minute ago. The automation is
not re-triggered if the time was less
than this.
Edit the Intrusion automation, using
the “And if” clause, and select Template from the “Other conditions”
option. Enter the code in Block #4
(all on one line), which is also in the
intruder_alert_enable.yaml file, into
the “Value template *” box.
Save the automation and test it. You
should be able to trigger the PIR sensor multiple times, but only receive a
notification on your mobile device if
the PIR is triggered more than a minute after the last notification.
To create a switch to turn off these
notifications entirely, place the code
from Block #5 directly under the Relay
LED switch code and update the Satellite.
siliconchip.com.au
Edit the Intrusion automation, adding another condition. Select Entity
and “myHome.Intruder active”. Set
the State field to On, then save the
automation. The new switch should
appear on the myHome card in the
Overview dashboard – see Screen 19.
If the switch is off, no notifications
should be sent.
Two useful tools in debugging automations are the Logbook in the main
menu and TRACES when editing the
automation. In TRACES, clicking on
an icon in the sequence will display
what happened at that point in the
automation’s flow.
Backups
Backups are important in maintaining the integrity of your setup over
time. HA’s update function triggers a
local backup of specific components
each time the configuration is changed,
or the system is updated. Backup information is stored in several folders on
the SD card.
To enable regular backups, go to
Settings then System then Backups.
In the “Backup settings” panel, enable
“Use automatic backups” and adjust
the Schedule and Retention parameters as desired.
In the “Backup data” panel, disable
History and Media, as these can generate large video files that may fill the
SD card and crash the system.
Scroll down to the “Encryption
key” panel and download the emergency kit. The encryption key and
instructions in the kit will be required
to restore from the backup.
If you want to save backups externally, HA can access external and
cloud storage. I found that the most
straightforward path was to make HA’s
files accessible via an SMB (CIFS) file
share (see siliconchip.au/link/ac62).
To do this, install the “Samba share”
add-on. Using the Configuration tab
at the top of the installation page and
add a password for remote access. The
Username and Workgroup fields can be
left as they are or changed to meet your
needs. Start the add-on with “Start on
boot” and Watchdog both enabled.
After a minute or so, you should be
able to see a HOMEASSISTANT host
in your computer’s file browser under
Network (if using Windows) or the
appropriate heading on Mac or Linux
(you may need to install the samba
package to access it in Linux).
If it doesn’t appear, try refreshing or
re-opening your file browser window.
Map network drives for the “backup”
and “config” folders, using the credentials you saved in the Samba configuration tab. Use your PC’s backup tool
to regularly save the files.
Conclusion
In this series, we have touched on
some key elements of home automation using the HomeAssistant and
ESPHome platforms. We hope it has
whetted your appetite to explore more
of the many features these platforms
SC
offer.
Screens 18 & 19: setting up the
“When” parameters for the AC
Thermostat notification (left). The
myHome Overview dashboard card
with all features enabled (below).
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 51
Subscribe to
SEPTEMBER 2025
ISSN 1030-2662
09
The VERY BEST DIY Projects
!
9 771030 266001
$14 00* NZ $14 90
INC GST
INC GST
AERIAL DRONES
the latest hobby, commerc
ial, military and passenger
PICkit Basic Programm
er
Microchip’s new low-cos
t programmer &
how to add a 3.3/5V power
breakout board
Australia’s top electronics magazine
Pendant Speaker
A high-performance hanging
speaker with
a 170mm woofer and 90W
power rating
Silicon Chip is one of the best DIY electronics magazines in the
world. Each month is filled with a variety of projects that you can
build yourself, along with features on a wide range of topics from
in-depth electronics articles to general tech overviews.
drones
HomeAssistant
Run your own fully featured
home
automation system using
a Raspberry Pi
USB- C Power Monitor
Measure voltage, current
, power and
energy for nearly all USB-C
devices
Published in
Silicon Chip
If you have an active subscription you receive 10% OFF
orders from our Online Shop (siliconchip.com.au/Shop/)*
Rest of
World
New
Zealand
Australia
* does not include the cost of postage
Length
Print
Combined
Online
6 months
$72.50
$82.50
$52.50
1 year
$135
$155
$100
2 years
$255
$290
$190
6 months
$85
$95
1 year
$160
$180
2 years
$300
$335
6 months
$105
$115
1 year
$200
$220
All prices are
in Australian
dollars (AUD).
Combined
subscriptions
include both
the printed
magazine and
online access.
2 years
$390
$425
Prices are valid
for the month
of issue.
Try our Online Subscription – now with PDF downloads!
Aerial Drones;
September 2025
USB-C Power Monitor;
Aug-Sep 2025
Mic the Mouse;
August 2025
RP2350B
Development Board;
August 2025
An online issue is perfect for those who don’t want too much clutter around the house and
is the same price worldwide. Issues can be viewed online, or downloaded as a PDF.
To start your subscription go to
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Subscribe
GOT A BIG IDEA?
WE'VE GOT THE
BOARD FOR IT.
From simple builds to
ambitious creations, Jaycar has
Arduino® -Compatible boards to match.
XC4410
BREADBOARD
FRIENDLY FOR
EASY PROTOTYPING
BEST
SELLER
BEST COMPATIBILITY
WITH SHIELDS, SENSORS
AND MODULES
ARDUINO® COMPATIBLE NANO
$
COMPACT DESIGN WITH SIMILAR
FEATURES TO THE UNO
ONLY
4595
ARDUINO® COMPATIBLE UNO
$
OUR MOST POPULAR
DEVELOPMENT BOARD.
.
XC4414
FROM
3895
.
XC4410/11
XC4420
EMULATE A USB
KEYBOARD, MOUSE,
JOYSTICK, ETC.
ARDUINO® COMPATIBLE LEONARDO
BUILT-IN USB EMULATOR
$
FOR MORE ADVANCED PROJECTS
THAT REQUIRE MORE I/O & PWM PINS
ONLY
3495
ARDUINO® COMPATIBLE MEGA
.
$
FROM
5495
.
XC4430
• 54 DIGITAL PINS (15 PWM CAPABLE)
• 16 ANALOGUE PINS & 4 SERIAL PORTS
NANO
UNO
Special Feature
Compact
Breadboard Friendly
Best Shield
Compatibility
XC4420/21
LEONARDO
MEGA
USB Emulator
Extra Resources,
Inputs & Outputs
54
No. of Digital I/O
14
14
20
No. of Analog Inputs
6
6
12 (6 shared with Digital)
16
PWM Capable Pins
6
6
7
15
Serial Ports
1
1
2
4
Processor / Speed
ATmega328 / 16MHz
ATmega328P / 16MHz
ATmega32u4 / 16MHz
ATmega 2560 / 16MHz
Program Memory^
32kB
32kB
32kB
256kB
EEPROM / SRAM
512 bytes / 2kB
512 bytes / 2kB
1kB / 2.5kB
4kB / 8kB
^Up to 4kB used by bootloader.
SHOP AT JAYCAR FOR:
• Great Value Starter Kits
• Arduino® Compatible Development Boards
• Wide range of Shields, Modules & Sensors
• Great range of Breadboards & Prototyping Accessories
Explore our great range of soldering gear,
in stock on our website, or at over 140 stores or
130 resellers across Australia and New Zealand.
jaycar.com.au - 1800 022 888
jaycar.co.nz
- 0800 452 922
All prices shown in $AUD and correct at time of publication but are subject to change. Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required.
This Vacuum Controller switches
on a vacuum when an appliance
such as a circular saw is started.
It runs the vacuum for a preset
period after the appliance
is switched off to draw up
remaining dust. It includes
optional blast gate control, and
interlinking between units, for
use with more than one tool.
John Clarke’s
Vacuum Cont
V
acuuming up dust produced by
woodworking machinery is a
necessity for cleanliness, safety
and health reasons. Manufactured
and natural timber dust can be toxic
or become an irritant to the lungs if
breathed in, ultimately causing health
problems. Dust from timbers such as
western red cedar can increase the risk
of developing throat cancer.
Wearing a face mask limits the
amount of dust entering the lungs.
However, fine dust in the air can also
become an explosion hazard. Ideally,
this dust should be vacuumed up as
it is produced, to minimise airborne
wood particle dust. Besides, who
wants to clean up a workshop full of
sawdust after doing some work?
Incidentally, vacuuming air through
ducting tubes made from metal or plastic can cause an electrostatic charge
to build. If not Earthed, the charge
buildup can produce sparks, resulting
in dust explosions.
It is important to provide Earthing
for metal ducting and include Earthed
bare wires within any plastic pipes
to prevent this (see siliconchip.au/
link/ac71).
Major dust producers include circular saws, thicknessers and routers.
Where there is more than one appliance, you would typically have a single vacuum unit, with ducting between
54
Silicon Chip
them. A valve in the ducting at each
appliance, called a ‘blast gate’, can
be opened or closed for the vacuum
to draw dust only from the appliance
concerned (otherwise, the suction
would be too weak).
With our Vacuum Controller, the
operation of the vacuum and blast
gates is fully automatic. Switch on
your appliance, and the vacuum will
automatically start and run for as long
as the appliance is running. Then,
once the appliance is switched off,
the vacuum will continue to run for a
preset period.
Blast gate control can be automated
provided the blast gates are electrically operated by actuators or solenoids. Solenoids use an electromagnet that pulls in a plunger whenever
the solenoid is powered. A spring is
used to return the plunger to its resting position when power is off. An
actuator is essentially a DC electric
motor that drives a rod out or in using
a worm gear.
If you are not familiar with actuators, you can see an example of one at
siliconchip.au/link/ac72
When used with the Vacuum Controller, the blast gate associated with
the powered on appliance is opened.
The appliance or appliances that are
not operating will have their blast
gates closed.
Australia's electronics magazine
A woodworking workshop setup for
removing dust is not a topic that we
will investigate in detail here. There
is much detailed information on it at
siliconchip.au/link/ac73 and other
reputable websites on the topic.
Presentation
Our Vacuum Controller can be built
to suit your workshop. Its most basic
form is a single Vacuum Controller
unit that switches a vacuum for a single appliance. The Vacuum Controller
detects when its appliance is running
and powers the vacuum. We call this
Vacuum Controller the master unit.
It is the only unit that contains the
switching components for the vacuum.
The optional blast gate control can
be connected to this unit. This provides relay contacts to enable control
of a solenoid or actuator to open or
close the blast gate. It is connected via
an 8P8C RJ-45 connector that allows
standard Cat 5/Cat 6 leads to be used.
You can use a different connector
should more current be required (more
on that later).
For each appliance after the first,
you will need another partially populated Vacuum Controller board. These
extra units don’t include the switching
components for the vacuum, as they
are connected back to the main unit.
This interlinking allows any of the
siliconchip.com.au
Appliance & vacuum ratings: up to 10A at 230V AC
Appliance on-detection threshold: 166mA (~40W)
Vacuum run time after appliance is off: adjustable
from half a second to 30s
Blast gate opening and closing time
compensation: 0-7.5s
Vacuum wind-down period compensation: 0-7.5s
Can be used with a single appliance or multiple
appliances via interlink connections
Optional blast gate control option for each
appliance; it opens for the appliance being used
Cat 5/6 or telephone cables for interlinking &
blast gate control
Fully automatic operation plus manual operation
for vacuum and blast gate
Power, vacuum and blast gate indicators
troller
interconnected Vacuum Controllers to
control the action of the vacuum via
the master unit.
When a Vacuum Controller unit
detects that its connected appliance
is on, the master unit is signalled to
switch on the vacuum.
If using blast gates, there are two
possible control methods that can be
selected. The default is to only open
the blast gate for the currently operating appliance. The other option will
keep the blast gate open for the last
used appliance. This gate will close
when a different appliance starts.
Fig.1 shows, as an example, the
arrangement of three interlinked units.
Interconnection is via RJ-10 4P4C
sockets and 4-wire telephone style
cabling with RJ-10 plugs for an easy
interconnection system.
For Home workshops
The master unit includes two mains
inputs and two mains outlets (General
Purpose Outlets [GPO]). These are to
supply the appliance and the vacuum
independently. Each mains input
must plug into a separate mains outlet to allow for up to 10A <at> 230V AC
(2300VA) to be drawn from each. Circular saws can be rated at 1800VA or
more and vacuums at around 1200VA,
so it is not feasible to run both from
the one 10A mains outlet.
The mains supply for the appliance is directly connected between
the input and output via a current
transformer inside the Vacuum Controller unit. This current transformer
is used to monitor the appliance current. When current is detected, it
indicates to the Vacuum Controller
that the appliance is running and so
switches on the vacuum via the second
mains output. Power for the vacuum
is switched using a heavy duty relay.
If more than one Vacuum Controller
is built, subsequent units only require
one mains power input and one mains
outlet for that unit’s connected appliance. The vacuum is only switched on
and off via the master unit, which is
signalled to switch via the interlinking
connection between units.
If blast gate control is installed,
interlinking sets the blast gate open
for the appliance that is running and
closes the blast gates for those units
that do not have their associated appliance running.
There is the option to have the blast
gate for the last running appliance kept
open after the appliance is switched
off. This speeds up switching on the
Left: the Blast Gate Control Adaptor is
a simple PCB that can be built to convert RJ-45 8P8C (eight position/eight conductor) connections to screw terminals.
Right: the Vacuum Pump Controller has two 230V 10A power outlets for supplying the appliance and vacuum.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 55
vacuum if you use the same tool again.
When the blast gate is closed, it needs
to wait for the blast gate to open before
the vacuum is started. If the blast gate
is already open, the vacuum can start
immediately.
LED indicators are included on each
for power, vacuum running and blast
gate open. Two momentary pushbutton
switches provide manual control of the
vacuum and the blast gate. The blast
gate LED, associated switch and other
blast gate related components can be
left off if you don’t need this feature.
Also, the interlinking components
are not necessary if you only intend
to build one master unit.
One or two additional units can be
connected to the master unit and be
powered from it. The master unit has
a mains transformer to power itself,
and the resulting 12V is supplied to
other units via the interlink connections. If more than three units are
required, then the fourth unit will
need to include another power transformer. This allows for up to six to be
connected in total.
Because the Vacuum Controller can
be built with several options, the circuit and PCB overlay diagrams show
the separate sections of the circuit,
some of which may not be required in
each unit. Similarly, the parts list separates out the parts for each section.
Timers and operation
Three timers are used in the operating logic: the vacuum timer, blast gate
operating period timer and the vacuum
wind-down timer.
The vacuum timer sets the period
for which the vacuum runs after the
appliance is switched off. This can
56
Silicon Chip
be adjusted from 0-30s. The blast gate
timer should be set to the time taken
for the blast gate to open or close,
allowing the blast gate to be fully
open before the vacuum is started. It
prevents damage to the vacuum pipe
work and blast gates if all blast gates
are closed when the vacuum starts.
The blast gate timeout can be set
up to 7.5s. If blast gate control is not
used, it can be set to zero, for no delay
in starting.
The vacuum wind-down timer is
included so that the blast gate does
not close until the vacuum motor has
stopped after being switched off. It can
be set for up to 7.5s, preventing excessive vacuum pressure by keeping the
blast gate open while the vacuum is
spinning down due to inertia.
The Vacuum Controller is initially
in a waiting state until either its connected appliance is switched on, or
the interlink signal indicates that the
appliance connected to another unit
is switched on. As long as neither are
on, it continues to wait.
When the connected appliance
switches on, the blast gate is powered on if it isn’t already open. The
blast gate LED flashes during the
opening period (this is skipped if it
was already open). The interlink signal then becomes active. At the same
time, the vacuum motor and its indicator LED are switched on.
After the appliance is switched off,
the vacuum timer starts. When it ends,
the vacuum is switched off, along with
the interlink signal.
If JP1 is in, the vacuum LED flashes
during the pump wind-down period.
In this case, after the wind down
period, the blast gate closes and its
Australia's electronics magazine
LED goes off. If JP1 is out, the blast
gate and LED stay on, and the vacuum
wind-down period is bypassed.
Either way, it then goes back to the
initial state, checking for the appliance
or interlink signal to become active.
If, rather than the connected appliance switching on, the interlink signal
becomes active, all units other than
the one with the connected appliance
on will have their blast gate closed, if
not closed already. The blast gate LED
flashes during the closing period. Then
the blast gate LED switches off.
The vacuum and LED then switch
on, and stay on as long as the interlink signal remains active. When the
interlink signal goes off, the vacuum
motor is switched off. It then returns
to the initial waiting state.
Note that the state of the blast gate
is stored in non-volatile memory, so
the on/off setting for each blast gate is
restored on power-up. This does not
apply to when the blast gate was set
open manually via button S2.
Switching the vacuum on manually using switch S1 will cause the
master unit to switch on the vacuum.
The vacuum LED on the unit where
S1 was pressed will light but flash off
momentarily once per second to indicate manual mode. Automatic running
by interlink signal or appliance detection is disabled until the vacuum is
switched off via S1 on the unit that
initiated manual operation.
Manually opening the blast gate
on any unit does not affect automatic operation. When an appliance
switch-on is detected by one of the
units, the blast gates will be closed
for all units that did not detect an
appliance-on, and remain open or be
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: one control unit is required for each tool
that’s connected to the vacuum system. Two,
three or even more units can be linked together,
as shown here. Only the first unit connects to
the vacuum, and just the first (and the fourth,
if there are four to six)
requires the second mains
input. In use,
apply power to
the fourth unit
(ie. the second
mains input
unit) before
the first unit.
The blast gate
connections are
only required if
you’re
using a blast
gate system.
opened at the unit that detected the
appliance-on event.
Note that the timer periods are
determined by the Controller that has
detected the appliance that’s switched
on. If it is not the master unit, the vacuum run period is controlled via the
interlink signal from another unit.
This allows you to set different periods for each tool.
Circuit details
The circuit is shown in Fig.2. It is
in several sections; if you don’t want
blast gate control, that part of the circuit can be left off the PCB. Similarly,
if you just have a single tool to connect,
the interlinking section can be left out.
When a second or third unit is
built, they do not require the mains
power section to be populated. They
can instead receive 12V power from
the master unit. More than three units
can be joined, but one mains power
supply is required for every
three. Power is
interconnected using CON7 and CON8
via jumpers at JP2 and JP3.
If more than three units are connected, the supply must be broken
between the third and fourth unit by
leaving JP2 or JP3 out.
The master Vacuum Controller is
the only unit that requires the vacuum control section, comprising relay
RLY1, driving transistor Q1, diode D1,
the 1kW base resistor for Q1, the mains
power input and output connectors
(CON13/CON14) and fuse F2.
The Vacuum Controller is based
around microcontroller IC1. This
monitors the appliance current flow,
trimpot settings (VR1, VR2 & VR3),
switches S1 and S2, jumper selection
JP1 and the interlinking signal. It also
drives relays RLY1 & RLY2 for vacuum
and blast gate control, LED2 and LED3,
and the interlinking signal.
RLY1 and RLY2 are switched on
by the RC4 and RB7 outputs of IC1,
respectively. Both use 1kW current-
limiting series base resistors to drive
transistors Q1 and Q2. When a transistor is switched on, its collector goes
low, connecting one side of the relay
coil to ground. The 12V supply at the
other end of the coil powers the relay.
Diode D1 across RLY1’s coil, and
diode D2 for RLY2, quench the backEMF voltage from the coil when these
are switched off.
RLY1 is a single-pole, single-throw
(SPST) relay with 30A, 250V AC contacts to drive the vacuum. Mains active
from the vacuum IEC C14 mains input
power connector (CON13) is controlled via the relay contact to switch
mains outlet (CON14) power on or off.
RLY2, for blast gate control, is a 5A
double-pole, double-throw (DPDT)
relay. All its relay contacts are connected to screw terminals (CON5) and
to CON6, an RJ-45 connector. This
allows for an easy connection using
Cat 5 or Cat 6 cabling. A small adaptor
PCB can be used to convert the RJ-45
connections to 6-way screw terminals
at the other end, for wiring to the solenoid or actuator.
Current detection
Appliance current flow detection is
via the Active mains wiring between
the appliance input (CON11) and output (CON12); the Active wire passes
through current transformer T2. This
forms the primary winding for the current transformer. T2 produces an output current from its secondary winding that’s related to the current flow
through the mains Active wire.
The lid (shown left) requires holes for the three LED indicators and the
manual control switches. We have used fibre optic cable to transmit the light, as
the LEDs are mounted to the PCB.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 57
The 10kW loading resistor gives
about 4V AC output with a tool current flow of 1A and the single pass of
the Active mains wire through the current transformer core.
While the input current to output
voltage for T2 is not very linear using
a 10kW loading resistance, we use this
high value to increase the sensitivity. A 100W loading resistor would be
used for measuring current more accurately. That would provide a more linear relationship, but sensitivity would
be reduced to only give 1V for a 10A
primary current with a single turn
through the transformer.
Since we are not interested in current reading accuracy, we use the
higher-sensitivity connection to detect
the appliance running current.
The startup current for the appliance
can be well over 20A, so the output
voltage from the current transformer
could be quite high (possibly around
80V). We limit this voltage using a
transient voltage suppressor (TVS1)
that clamps the voltage to about 13.8V
AC. This limits the current into the following op amp inputs to a safe level.
Voltage rectification
The output from T2 needs to be rectified to give a DC voltage suitable for
monitoring by microcontroller IC1.
A standard bridge rectifier requires
a signal greater than ±1.2V peak to
begin producing a rectified voltage.
Fig.3: the Blast Gate Adaptor circuit
(top) and wiring to use for a blast gate
with an actuator (bottom). With power
applied with the polarity shown, the
blast gate should close. You can test
this by switching on the 12V supply
with the controller off; if the blast gate
opens, reverse the connections.
58
Silicon Chip
A precision full-wave rectifier allows
the detection of voltage well below this
(down to a millivolt or less).
The rectification is done purely by
op amps (IC2a and IC2b), without the
aid of diodes. We have set the gain of
this precision rectifier to 1.5 times.
Rectifying the incoming AC voltage
without diodes is possible, provided
that the op amp has specific characteristics.
These include being able to operate
correctly (without output phase reversal) when a voltage is applied that’s
below its ground supply rail. In addition, the op amp must be able to pull
its output close to ground. If you are
interested in how this works in detail,
this is described in the section entitled
“Precision full-wave rectification”.
A 2.2kW resistor and 10μF capacitor filter the rectified waveform at the
output of IC2a to produce a smoothed
DC voltage suitable for IC1 to monitor
via its AN6 analog input and internal
analog-to-digital converter (ADC).
Trimpots VR1 to VR3 are used to
set time periods. VR1 sets the period
over which the vacuum runs after an
appliance is switched off. The voltage at VR1’s wiper determines the
time period, and can be set between
0V and 5V. This voltage is converted
to a digital value within IC1 using the
AN7 analog input that connects VR1’s
wiper to the ADC.
The VR1 setting gives a time period
ranging from about 0.5s when rotated
fully anti-clockwise through to 30s
when rotated fully clockwise.
Similarly, VR2 and VR3 can be
adjusted in voltage, but these settings
provide time period settings of 0-7.5
seconds. VR2 is the blast gate operation period (the time it takes the blast
gate to open or close fully). This determines when the vacuum starts after
detecting the appliance associated
with the blast gate starts up.
VR3 is for setting the vacuum wind
down period, the time the vacuum
takes to stop after being switched off.
We keep the blast gate open until the
vacuum has stopped running, whereupon the gate closes. There is an option
to keep this gate open when the appliance and vacuum stops and, in this
case, the wind down period can be set
to 0 (VR3 fully anti-clockwise).
The blast gate will close automatically when a different appliance runs
if there are more appliances and Vacuum Controllers all interlinked.
Australia's electronics magazine
Switches S1 and S2 are momentary
pushbutton switches connected to the
RA5 and RA4 digital inputs of IC1.
With the switches open, these inputs
on IC1 are pulled high via internal
pull-up currents. When a switch is
pressed, it pulls the input pin low,
close to 0V.
Blast gate wiring
The connection for a solenoid is
easy enough, with the common and
normally (NO) contacts used to switch
power to the solenoid when the relay
is energised.
Fig.3 shows how wiring is made for
an actuator. An actuator is essentially
a DC electric motor that drives a rod in
or out using a worm gear. The actuator
requires current flow in one direction
to open the actuator, by driving the
motor in one direction, and current
flow in the opposite direction, reversing the motor, to close the actuator.
Operating the actuator is achieved
using the DPDT relay contacts. The
actuator includes end-stop switches
that prevent the actuator from running
once it has reached its open or closed
limits. It is important when used with
our Vacuum Controller to wire the
actuator so that it opens the blast gate
when the relay is on, and closes the
blast gate when the relay is off.
Power supply
Power for the circuit is derived by a
mains transformer. This is connected
to the appliance power input IEC C14
connector (CON11) and fuse F1 via terminals CON1 & CON2.
Transformer T1 has two 9V AC outputs that are connected in parallel.
The output is rectified by bridge rectifier BR1 and filtered with two 470μF
capacitors to produce around 12V,
which powers the two relays. The 12V
is also applied to REG1, a 5V regulator, to supply IC1 and IC2. The transformer can deliver enough current to
run three of these circuits.
Only the master unit has the vacuum
control section, hence RLY1, so only
one such relay needs to be powered.
RLY2 (if used) for blast gate control is
only switched on in one of the Vacuum Controller units at a time. Since
the relays are the major current draw,
there isn’t much of an extra burden
when more units are attached.
The 12V power for the following
units is coupled via the interlinking
cable and JP2 (for CON7) or JP3 (for
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: the circuit mainly comprises microcontroller IC1, a currentsensing system comprising current transformer T2 and op amp IC2
(cyan dashed box), a basic mains power supply (red dashed box),
vacuum switching (mauve dashed box), blast gate switching (dark
blue dashed box) and interlinking components (green dashed box).
CON8). For the connection between
the third and fourth unit, where the
fourth unit has another mains power
supply, at least one of the power jumpers between these two units must be
left off to isolate the two separate 12V
supplies.
Interlinking
Transistor Q3 provides the interlinking feature. This transistor is driven
at its base via a 10kW resistor by IC1’s
RB5 output. When RB5 is taken high,
the transistor switches on, pulling
siliconchip.com.au
its collector low. With the
transistor off, the collector
is held high via the 10kW
pullup resistor.
The collector voltage is
the interlinking voltage.
Any transistor in any of the interconnected Vacuum Controller units can
pull this line low to indicate that their
appliance is running. When no transistors are on, then the interlink signal
is held high (5V) via the 10kW resistor
and any other 10kW resistors in other
interconnected units.
Australia's electronics magazine
In the unlikely event that more than
10 separate Vacuum Controller units
are interconnected, these resistors
should be increased in value, or some
left off, to keep the total parallel resistance at 1kW or higher.
When a unit detects its connected
appliance is on, it opens the connected
October 2025 59
blast gate. The low interlinking signal
causes the remaining blast gates associated with the remaining appliances
to be closed. This low interlink signal
will also indicate to the master unit
that the vacuum should run.
The units are interlinked using the
RJ-10 4P4C socket (or sockets) at CON7
and CON8. The first (master) and last
unit require one of these, while the
others all require both.
Construction options
Fig.4 shows the parts layout on
the main board. It is divided into the
same sections as the circuit diagrams,
with dashed boxes in corresponding
colours, since not all components
are necessarily required. The ‘core’
components outside these boxes are
required for all builds. For the master unit, the mains power (red) and
vacuum control (mauve) sections are
also required.
To use the blast gate option, the components in the dark blue box are also
required. Typically, CON6 is used so
that connection to the blast gate can
be made using a Cat 5 or Cat 6 cable,
suitable for handling up to 1A. If you
require more current, up to 5A, use
the CON5 screw terminals instead,
along with suitably rated wiring, passing through a cable gland in the case.
For secondary units, the mains
power section (red) isn’t required
unless you’re building more than three
units. Essentially, you’ll need to build
this section on every fourth unit.
Interlinking between units requires
only one RJ-10 socket (CON7 or CON8)
on the master or final unit. All others
(assuming there are more than two)
require both sockets. JP2 and JP3 are
used to connect the +12V power as
required.
Construction
The Vacuum Controller unit is built
on a double-sided, plated-through PCB
coded 10109251 that measures 151 ×
109mm. Most of the components are
installed on this PCB, and it is housed
within an IP65 enclosure measuring
171 × 121 × 55mm.
We’ll describe construction assuming everything is installed, so ignore
any components that are mentioned if
they don’t apply to your build. Start by
fitting the resistors. These have colourcoded bands, shown in the parts list,
but you should also use a digital multimeter to check each resistor before
mounting it.
Diodes D1 and D2 are next on the
list. Make sure these are orientated correctly before soldering their leads. BR1
can be installed, again with the correct
polarity, lining up the + printed on it
with the one on the PCB.
We used a socket for IC1, although it
could be soldered directly, assuming
it has already been programmed. Similarly, IC2 can be mounted on a socket
or directly onto the PCB.
Install the headers for JP1, JP2 and
JP3 next. Follow with the capacitors.
There are two types used: electrolytic
and MKT polyester. The electrolytic
capacitors need to be orientated correctly since they are polarised, with
their longer leads through the holes
marked with + symbols. The MKT
polyester capacitors can be installed
either way around.
REG1 mounts horizontally. Bend its
leads to suit the PCB holes and secure
its tab with an M3 screw and nut before
soldering the leads. Q1-Q3 can then be
fitted; they are all the same type; orientate them as shown in Fig.4.
CON1 to CON4 can now be installed.
Note that the wire entry for CON3 is
toward REG1; for CON4, the entry is
toward the lower edge of the PCB. Then
fit CON5-CON8. CON5 isn’t needed
if you intend to use CON6 instead.
CON5 allows for heavier-duty wiring
to the blast gate. The cable will need
to be secured to the side of the enclosure with a cable gland, or via circular
(8-way) audio connectors or similar.
Fig.4: follow
this overlay
diagram to
assemble
each control
board, but
note that some
boards may
not require the parts inside
each outlined section (for
example, the second and
third control boards in a
system don’t require the
mains power supply). The
colour coding of the dashed
sections corresponds to the
same sections in the circuit
diagram, Fig.2.
60
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Precision Full-Wave Rectification
We use a dual op amp to rectify the AC signal from the current
transformer, either an LMC6482AIN or MCP6272 (IC2). One stage
(IC2b) is connected as a unity gain-buffer, while the other (IC2a)
provides the 1.5 times gain. The points labelled A to E in Fig.2 correspond to the example waveforms shown here in Fig.a.
We’ll describe the operation using a 2V peak-to-peak sinewave
at point ‘A’. This makes the description easier since the sinewave
peaks at +1V and −1V. The rectification for the negative and positive waveforms are described separately.
For the negative half of the cycle, the signal applied to the
non-inverting pin 5 input of IC2b via the 15kW resistor will cause
the voltage at that pin (point B) to be clamped at around -0.3V due
to IC2b’s internal input protection diode. The output of IC2b (point
C) therefore sits at 0V during negative portions of the cycle, since
its output can’t go below the negative supply rail (0V).
IC2a adjusts its output (point E) so that the voltage at its inverting
input pin 2 (point D) matches the voltage at non-inverting input pin 3
(point C). Since pin 3 is at 0V, pin 2 will also be at 0V. Therefore, the
10kW resistor from point D to ground has no voltage across it, and it
plays no part in the circuit during the negative portions of the cycle.
With the 10kW resistor essentially out of the circuit, IC2a operates as a standard inverting amplifier with both inputs (points C
and D) at 0V. Its gain is therefore −30kW divided by 20kW, which
equals −1.5 times. So the −1V peak waveform is amplified and
inverted to produce +1.5V peak at point E.
With a positive voltage at the input (point A), the situation is
more complicated. Firstly, the voltage at pin 5 (point B) is reduced
below 1V peak due to the divider formed by the 15kW and 18kW
resistors. So the peak voltage becomes 0.5454V, ie, 1V × 18kW ÷
(15kW + 18kW).
Point C will also peak at 0.5454V, since IC2b is working as a unity-
gain buffer producing the same voltage at its output as its non-
inverting input. Once again, op amp IC2a adjusts the output voltage
(point E) so that the voltage at the inverting input at pin 2 (point
D) matches the voltage at the non-inverting input, pin 3 (point C).
To determine the resulting voltage, we calculate the currents
through the three resistors connected to point D. The current
through the 10kW resistor is waveform D voltage divided by 10kW,
which peaks at 54.54μA (0.5454V ÷ 10kW). The current through the
20kW resistor, with 1V peak at the input (point A), will be 22.73μA,
ie, (1V[A] − 0.5454V[D]) ÷ 20kW.
So we have 22.73μA flowing into the node at point D via the
20kW resistor and 54.54μA flowing away from that node via the
10kW resistor. The extra current of 31.81μA (54.54μA − 22.73μA)
to balance currents at node D needs to come via the 30kW resistor.
Remembering that voltage at point D peaks at 0.5454V, the
required voltage at point E is 1.5V, ie, 31.81μA × 30kW + 0.5454V.
So the circuit operates as a full-wave rectifier with a gain of 1.5.
The degree of precision depends on the op amp parameters and
resistor tolerances. The lower the offset voltage of the op amp
and the lower the op amp input bias current, the more accurate
the full-wave rectification will be, particularly at low signal levels.
We are not overly concerned with accuracy here. We just need
full-wave rectification of the incoming AC signal from the current
transformer that works down into the tens of millivolts range. A
standard diode-based rectifier would not give any output in this
case, due to the relatively large voltage drops across the diodes.
The scope output shows the operation of the full-wave rectifier
for a 1V peak (2V peak-to-peak) current waveform resulting from
an approximate 40W load through the appliance and current transformer. The waveform applied to the input of the full-wave rectifier (point A) is on channel 1 of the oscilloscope, shown in yellow.
Channel 2’s cyan waveform is the full-wave rectified waveform
(measured at point E). This is a 1.48V peak output waveform at
100Hz compared to 1V peak at 50Hz for the input sinewave. The
discrepancy of 20mV is due to tolerances in the resistors that are
only ±1% types, the op amp offset voltages, and the accuracy of
the oscilloscope readings.
The yellow trace is a 1V peak sinewave applied to point A in the
circuit (the input of the precision rectifier), while the cyan trace
is the output of the rectifier at point E. As expected, the negative
parts of the sinewave are flipped to be positive, allowing us to easily
measure the average current.
Fig.a: the expected waveforms at points A-E on the circuit (Fig.2)
for a 1V peak sinewave from current transformer T2. The output (E)
is a rectified version of the input (A) but 50% higher in amplitude.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 61
The next step is to install the relay,
RLY1, with the coil terminals toward
CON3. The relay is secured using M4
machine screws and nuts, with each
screw inserted from the underside of
the PCB. RLY2 mounts directly on
the PCB.
Transformer T1 is a PCB-mounting
type; install it now. We use a cable
tie that wraps around the transformer
and through slots in the PCB to secure
the transformer. The cable tie is necessary to prevent the solder joints or
pins fracturing if the unit is dropped.
Current transformer T2 also needs
extra support for its mounting for
similar reasons. Apply glue to the
transformer base before inserting its
pins into the PCB and soldering it in
place. We used JB Weld epoxy resin,
since this adheres well to most types
of plastics.
The light
pipes are held together
over the LEDs when you lose the lid.
Blast gate PCB assembly
If using blast gate(s) with the RJ-45
socket option, you will probably want
Fig.6: the locations of cut-outs on
three sides of the case, plus the
dimensions of the IEC socket packing
piece and the light transporter
assembly jig. All the possible holes for
chassis-mounting connectors etc are
included, although some are optional.
62
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
to build one of the Blast Gate Adaptor
PCBs for each gate. This converts the
RJ-45 8P8C connections to screw terminals. It is coded 10109252 and measures 44 × 33mm – see Fig.5. This can
be mounted near the blast gate actuator or relay.
Assembly is simple – just solder the
RJ-45 socket and screw terminals to
the board and it’s ready.
Final assembly
The Vacuum Controller units are
secured to the base of their enclosures
using M3 screws that go into the integral brass inserts. Before attaching the
PCB, cutouts are required for the IEC
C14 connectors at one end of the enclosure and the RJ-45 and RJ-10 socket(s)
at the other end.
The only hole that’s required in
every case is the IEC C14 connector
for the tool or appliance and its corresponding GPO cut-out; the other holes
are required only for those boards
where matching parts are fitted.
Start by drilling and shaping holes
using the template shown in Figs.6 &
7. The two IEC C14 connectors used on
the master unit have a shared mounting hole at the middle of the enclosure
end, where one connector is stacked
over the other.
The large cutouts for the mains
GPO and IEC C14 connectors can
be made by drilling a series of small
holes around the inside perimeter,
then knocking out the centre piece
and filing the job to a smooth finish.
Alternatively, use a speed bore drill to
remove the bulk of the central cut-out
area before filing it to shape.
For the master unit, a packing piece
needs to be fashioned so that the IEC
C14 connector that’s stacked over
the other can be spaced by the same
amount. We made ours from a piece
of 3mm-thick plastic cut from a discarded black UB1 Jiffy box.
Once the drilling and filing is complete, the PCB can then be placed
inside the case and secured with the
M3 screws into the integral brass
inserts. The IEC C14 connector(s)
must be secured using 15mm-long
M3 nylon screws, although metal nuts
can be used.
For the securing screws closest to
the edge of the enclosure, TO-220 insulating bushes can be used to space the
nut further out to avoid the nut from
angling inward against the enclosure’s
moulded curvature as it is tightened.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.7: just five holes are required in the lid, as shown in this actual-size
diagram. You won’t need all five if you aren’t using the blast gate control option.
Using nylon screws prevents the
possibility of the screws becoming
live (at mains voltage) should a mains
wire inside the enclosure come adrift
and contact a screw that’s securing the
IEC connector.
The lid requires holes for the
switches and LED bezels of the light
transporters. Light transporters use
fibre-optic cable and plug-in connectors from the LED to the front panel
bezels. The fibre optic cables are cut
to length so that they connect without bending too much when the lid is
closed. This procedure can be done at
the end of construction.
Australia's electronics magazine
Fig.5: the Blast Gate Adaptor PCB is
dead simple; it just connects six of
the Cat 5/6 cable’s eight conductors to
screw terminals so they can be more
easily wired up to the blast gate. This
is suitable for gates that draw up to 1A.
October 2025 63
Fig.8: the two
versions of
the lid panel
artwork cater for
units built with
and without the
blast gate option.
There are also
some side labels
for connectors
that you might
like to use.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.9: make sure to follow this wiring diagram carefully and only
use mains-rated wire. Don’t leave out the cable ties; they are not
just to keep it neat; they perform an important safety function
(preventing loose wires from contacting low-voltage circuitry).
It will be easier to install the lid and
attach the light transporters if a plastic
spacer is made to spread the LED connector clips 12.5mm apart. We made
ours from a 3mm-thick piece cut from
a discarded UB1 Jiffy box lid.
When installing the lid (later on),
it will be easier to make sure the light
transporters correctly line up and clip
over the LEDs when these are switched
on (via S1 and S2 if used) so you can
peep in through between the box and
lid as you close it.
There are two versions of the front
panel label artwork, depending on
whether the blast gate feature is used
or not. Labels for the mains inputs
and outputs and the interlinking and
blast gate connectors can be independently affixed to the side of the
enclosure, or on the side edge of the
siliconchip.com.au
lid as appropriate. The front panel
label shown in Fig.8 is available from
siliconchip.au/Shop/11/3002
Details on making a front panel from
this artwork can be found online at
siliconchip.au/Help/FrontPanels
Wiring it up
All wiring must be run as shown
in Fig.9, using mains-rated cable. Be
sure to use 10A cable where indicated
(for everything except RLY1’s coil and
switches S1 & S2). Brown wire is used
for Active, and blue wire for the Neutral leads. The green/yellow-striped
wire must be used for the Earth wiring only, and the Earth lead from each
IEC connector must go straight to the
corresponding GPO.
Insulate all the exposed connections
with heatshrink tubing for safety, and
Australia's electronics magazine
cable tie the wires to prevent any wire
breakages coming adrift. The Active
and Neutral leads are secured to the
GPO using a cable tie passing through
the hole in its moulding.
Use neutral-cure silicone sealant
(eg, Roof & Gutter Silicone) to cover
the Active bus piece at the rear of the
IEC connectors that joins the active
pin to the fuse.
Take great care when making the
connections to the mains socket (GPO),
ensuring you run the leads to their
correct terminals; each GPO will be
marked A (or L) for Active or Live,
N for Neutral and E for Earth. Do the
screws up tightly so that the leads are
held securely. Similarly, make sure
that the leads to the CON1 and CON2
screw terminals are firmly secured.
CON1 and CON2 are only required
October 2025 65
when the transformer (T1) is installed.
These screw terminals are there to connect the incoming mains to the transformer primary windings on the PCB.
Only one terminal of CON1 is used to
connect the Neutral. Similarly, one terminal of CON2 is used for the Active
connection.
Remove the spare terminal screw on
each terminal and use a mica washer
(normally used to insulate TO-220
transistors) as a cover for the used terminal. Secure it using an M3 × 12mm
nylon or polycarbonate screw with a
6.3mm nylon tapped standoff under
the washer through the hole where
you removed the metal screw.
Setting it up
If IC1 is already programmed, it can
be inserted into its socket now, taking
care to do so with the correct orientation. If IC1 is not yet programmed, do
that first. Programmed processors can
be ordered from our Online Shop. If
you have programming facilities, like
a PICkit and adaptor socket, the HEX
file is at siliconchip.au/Shop/6/3013
Set VR1 to the required vacuum run
time for after the appliance has been
switched off. The maximum is 30 seconds in the fully clockwise position.
It’s linear, so a halfway setting will
give you 15 seconds. Set VR2 to the
period that the blast gate takes to open
or close, or fully anti-clockwise if you
aren’t using that feature.
If the blast gate opening and closing
periods are different, set it to whichever is longer. The setting is 7.5 seconds when VR2 is fully clockwise.
Adjust VR3 for the wind-down
period that the vacuum takes to stop
after being switched off. As with VR2,
it will give 7.5 seconds when VR3 is
fully clockwise, or 3.75s at halfway.
When you have more than one unit,
the VR1, VR2 and VR3 settings are
used from whichever control unit that
detects the appliance switching on, so
you will need to set them all.
Indicator LEDs
The indicator LEDs will be either
flash, be fully on or off. The Power
LED is on when power is supplied
to the circuit. During the blast gate
opening/closing period, the blast gate
LED flashes and it remains lit while
the blast gate is open, switching off
when it closes.
The vacuum LED is continuously
lit while the vacuum is running on
66
Silicon Chip
Parts List – Vacuum Controller
Controller unit (common parts)
1 double-sided, plated-through 151 × 109mm PCB coded 10109251
1 171 × 121 × 55mm sealed ABS or PC enclosure [Altronics H0478, Jaycar HB6218]
1 AC1010 or AX1000 10A current transformer (T2) [RS Components 7754928, 1243903]
1 3-way, 5.08mm-pitch screw terminal block (CON4)
1 M205 10A fast blow fuse (F1)
1 2-way, 2.54mm-pitch pin header and jumper shunt (JP1)
1 SPST momentary pushbutton switch (S1) [Altronics S1084A, Jaycar SP0700]
1 IEC C14 mains input socket with fuse holder (CON11) [Altronics P8324, Jaycar PP4004]
1 side-entry 10A mains GPO socket (CON12) [Altronics P8241, Jaycar PS4094]
3 3mm LED light transporters [Jaycar HP1193; pack of 3]
1 LED fibre optic spreader made from 3mm plastic (see Fig.6 and text)
3 10kW miniature top-adjust trimpots (VR1-VR3)
1 20-pin DIL IC socket for IC1 (optional)
1 8-pin DIL IC socket for IC2 (optional)
Hardware and cable
1 150mm length of 7.5A mains-rated wire for S1
1 200mm length of blue 10A mains-rated wire
1 250mm length of brown 10A mains-rated wire
1 150mm length of green/yellow striped 10A mains-rated wire
1 40mm length of 5mm diameter blue or black heatshrink tubing
1 40mm length of 5mm diameter red or black heatshrink tubing
1 40mm length of 5mm diameter green heatshrink tubing
1 40mm length of 3mm diameter blue or black heatshrink tubing
1 40mm length of 3mm diameter red or black heatshrink tubing
2 M3 × 15mm nylon countersunk head screws
4 M3 × 6mm panhead screws
2 M3 hex nuts
1 TO-220 insulating bush
4 100mm-long cable ties
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F1459-I/P 8-bit microcontroller programmed with 1010925A.HEX, DIP-20 (IC1)
1 LMC6482AIN or MCP6272E/P dual CMOS op amp, DIP-8 (IC2) [Jaycar ZL3482]
1 7805 5V 1A linear regulator, TO-220 (REG1)
2 3mm red LEDs (LED1, LED2)
1 (P)4KE15CA 15V bidirectional TVS (TVS1) [Jaycar ZR1160]
Capacitors
1 470μF 16V PC electrolytic
2 10μF 16V PC electrolytic
1 100μF 16V PC electrolytic
2 100nF 63V or 100V MKT polyester
Resistors (all ¼W, 1% axial)
1 30kW
1 18kW
4 10kW
2 470W
1 20kW
1 15kW
1 2.2kW
Mains power supply parts
1 9 + 9V AC 3VA PCB-mounting mains transformer (T1) [Altronics M7018A]
2 PCB-mounting 8.25mm-pitch 300V 15A barrier screw terminals (CON1, CON2)
[Altronics P2101]
1 W04 bridge rectifier (BR1)
1 470μF 16V PC electrolytic capacitor
2 M3 × 12mm nylon or polycarbonate panhead machine screws
2 M3 × 6.3mm nylon tapped spacers
2 TO-220 mica insulating washers
1 150mm-long cable tie
Extra parts for master unit (besides mains power supply)
1 SPST 250V/30A 12V DC coil FRA4 relay (RLY1) [Jaycar SY4040]
1 2-way, 5.08mm-pitch screw terminal block (CON3)
1 IEC C14 mains socket with integral fuse holder (CON13)
[Altronics P8324, Jaycar PP4004]
1 side-entry 10A mains GPO socket (CON14) [Altronics P8241, Jaycar PS4094]
1 M205 10A fast blow fuse (F2)
1 BC337 45V 0.8A NPN transistor (Q1)
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
1 1N4004 1A diode (D1)
1 1kW ¼W 1% axial resistor
1 200mm length of 7.5A mains-rated wire for the relay coil
1 200mm length of blue 10A mains-rated wire
1 250mm length of brown 10A mains-rated wire
1 150mm length of green/yellow 10A mains-rated wire
1 M3 × 15mm nylon panhead machine screw
1 M3 hex nut
1 TO-220 insulating bush
1 IEC mounting spacer made from 3mm-thick plastic (see Fig.6 and text)
11 100mm-long cable ties
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE AT
$21.50*
PLUS
P&P
Extra parts for blast gate control (per unit)
1 DPDT 5A PCB-mounting relay (RLY2)
[Altronics S4190D, Jaycar SY4052]
1 SPST momentary pushbutton switch (S2)
[Altronics S1084A, Jaycar SP0700]
1 RJ-45 8P8C side-entry PCB-mounting socket (CON6) [Altronics P1448A] •
1 BC337 45V 0.8A NPN transistor (Q2)
1 3mm red LED (LED3)
1 1N4004 400V 1A diode (D2)
1 1kW ¼W 1% axial resistor
1 470W ¼W 1% axial resistor
1 Cat 5 or Cat 6 cable (not crossover), length to suit installation •
1 Blast Gate Adaptor (see below) •
1 150mm length of 7.5A mains-rated wire for S2
2 100mm-long cable ties
• or replace these parts with 2 3-way, 5.08mm-pitch terminal blocks (CON5) and a cable gland
or chassis connector plus wiring to the blast gate for >1A
Interlinking two or more controller units (per pair of units)
1-2 RJ-10 4P4C side-entry PCB-mounting sockets (CON7, CON8) [Altronics P1442]
1-2 2-way, 2.54mm-pitch headers and jumper shunts (JP2, JP3)
1 4P4C handset (telephone) cord with RJ-10 connectors at each end; length to suit
1 BC337 45V 0.8A NPN transistor (Q3)
1 10kW ¼W 1% axial resistor
Blast Gate Adaptor (per adaptor)
1 double-sided, plated-through PCB coded 10109252, 44 × 33mm
2 3-way, 5.08mm-pitch screw terminal block (CON9)
1 RJ-45 8P8C side-entry PCB-mounting socket (CON10) [Altronics P1448A]
Keep your copies
safe, secure and
always available with
these handy binders
These binders will protect your
copies of Silicon Chip. They feature
heavy-board covers, hold 12 issues
& will look great on your bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
H Silicon Chip logo printed in goldcoloured lettering on spine &
cover
Order online from www.
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/4
or call (02) 9939 3295
and quote your credit card
number.
*see website for delivery prices.
all units when powered, but flashes
on and off with an even duty cycle
once per second during the winddown period.
This LED also flashes momentarily off at the unit where the vacuum
is set to run manually using S1. This
indicates that manual mode was used,
and the vacuum needs to be switched
off using S1 to exit this mode before it
resumes automatic operation.
Don’t forget to set JP1 in each unit
as required. Leaving the jumper
link out will have the blast gate stay
open after opening. It will only close
if another Vacuum Controller unit
detects its appliance is on instead.
With the jumper link in, the blast
gate will close after the vacuum has
SC
stopped running.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 67
Buying Second-Hand
SPEAKERS
Bargains can be had, but you need to know what to look for!
~ Feature by Julian Edgar ~
I
t’s great fun building your own speakers, and excellent results can be
gained from doing so. However, it is
not a cheap process if you want good
results. By the time you pay for new
drivers, crossovers, wiring and connectors, then build the cabinets, the
cost can really add up.
So what do you do if you’re on a
tight budget? The answer is to buy
second-
hand speakers. But how do
you select speakers that are good, especially when you often cannot listen
before buying?
Size
It’s a fundamental fact of life that
small loudspeakers will usually sound
worse than large speakers. Yes, small
enclosures can sound good – but it’s
technically much more difficult to
achieve good outcomes, especially
in the production of bass. Chances
are then, the smaller the speaker, the
worse it will sound.
Another reason for selecting larger
speakers is efficiency – larger speakers are generally much more efficient than small speakers. What this
means in practical terms is that a
given sound volume will be achievable with less amplifier power. While
the cost per watt of amplifier power
has come down a lot in recent years,
lower-power amplifiers still cost less
than high-power amplifiers!
When browsing second-hand
speakers, you’ll find many home
theatre systems that use five small
speakers. Often, each about as big
as a closed fist. Irrespective of their
brand, don’t buy these! The same
applies to the tall, thin and shallow
speakers often used as the front and
rear speakers in home theatre systems.
Again, avoid them.
About the smallest enclosure you
can be confident will sound OK is
what used to be called a large bookshelf speaker, say 20 litres in volume,
using a 5-inch (12cm) or 6-inch (15cm)
diameter woofer.
To roughly calculate the enclosure
volume, multiply the height by width
by depth in centimetres, divide by
1000 and subtract 20%. For example,
if a cabinet is 40cm tall, 25cm wide
and 30cm deep, the product of those
is 30,000 (40 × 25 × 30). Dividing by
1000 gives you 30, then subtracting
25% (to account for the material thickness etc) gives you an estimated volume of 22.5 litres.
However, for main speakers, larger
enclosures of around 40-60L will
likely sound better.
Speakers are widely available secondhand – but how do you tell if they’re
any good, especially when often you
cannot listen first? Tiny speakers
invariably sound terrible, no matter
the brand. With speakers, bigger
usually equals better.
68
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Note that the shape of the enclosure
doesn’t matter nearly as much as the
internal volume. If you need narrowbut-tall tower speakers to achieve your
desired aesthetics, that’s fine – as is an
older, more squat enclosure.
Rule #1: bigger = better.
Weight
The next step in selection is to feel
how heavy the speaker is for its size.
Almost invariably, heavy speakers
will sound better than lightweight
designs. There are several reasons for
this. Woofers with larger magnets are
much heavier than those with small
magnets; crossovers that use inductors
and not just capacitors are heavier; and
cabinets with thicker walls and internal bracings are heavier than those
without.
So just by picking up the speakers,
you will get a quick but usually quite
reliable indicator of sound quality.
Rule #2: heavier = better
Passive radiators
There is an enclosure design that, in effect, combines both sealed and ported
approaches. This design uses a passive radiator, which is like a second woofer,
but it does not have a magnet or coil. The passive radiator moves back and
forth like the air in a port but without ever fully unloading the woofer.
Some passive radiators are obvious (eg, they have a flat panel), while others
look just like a second woofer. Passive radiator designs have the theoretical
ability to develop excellent bass from small enclosures, but unfortunately no
second-hand passive radiator speakers I’ve ever bought have sounded very
good!
Excluding rarer designs like folded
horns and similar, enclosure design
falls into two basic categories: sealed
and ported.
A sealed design, as the name suggests, has no openings in the box –
the air behind the drivers is trapped
within the enclosure. The old name for
this design approach – acoustic suspension – gives an indication of how
the enclosure works. The springiness
of the air within the enclosure provides the restoring force for the woofer’s suspension.
When gently moved by your fingers, true acoustic suspension woofers tend to have a viscous, slow return
movement. On the other hand, many
cheaper sealed speakers use a conventional woofer that springs quickly back
into position.
In general, unless it is a true acoustic
suspension design, a sealed enclosure
is likely to deliver worse bass than a
ported enclosure. The exception to this
is if the sealed enclosure is large compared to the size of the woofer – and
the woofer is large as well!
A ported design has openings –
ports – in the enclosure. These are
usually on the front of the enclosure,
but some speakers have them on the
back. Always check both the front and
the back panels for ports. Generally, a
ported enclosure can achieve deeper
bass from a given size of enclosure.
Importantly for buyers of second-
hand speakers, the port also allows
you to see inside the enclosure without pulling out a driver. When assessing a ported speaker, use a torch and
peer into the enclosure through the
port. Normally, you’ll be able to see
either the inside of the back or front
panels.
In both cases, if you can see bare
chipboard, mark down the speaker.
Instead, what you want to see is some
type of acoustic absorbing material
(foam or a fluffy material) covering
the panel. This material stops internal
sound reflections that tend to colour
the midrange.
Another thing to look at when examining the port is its design and finish.
A well-designed port has flares at both
ends. This reduces port noise as the
air moves back and forth in the port.
The rear of a lightweight speaker with
a plastic enclosure – horrible! A pair
of these speakers was priced quite
high – many second-hand sellers have
no idea of the value (or lack thereof)
of the speakers they’re selling.
Ports should be flared at both ends
(not with square edges, as shown
here) and have no internal steps. Ports
also allow you to inspect the interior
of the enclosure without removing a
driver.
The woofer cone should be able to be
gently pushed inwards without any
binding or scratchy sounds.
Enclosure design
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 69
Also, the inside of the port should
be smooth – many ports on cheaper
speakers have an external piece that
connects to an internal cardboard tube,
with a distinct step at the join.
Finally, be wary of speakers that
have either very large, very small or
very short ports – yes, all of these
can be correctly used, but more often
than not, they’re giveaways of a poor
design.
Rule #3: Prefer ported enclosures
Drivers
The next step is to examine the
drivers carefully. Let’s start with the
woofer.
The woofer should have a longtravel suspension. Using the spread
fingers of one hand, carefully push
the cone inwards. The cone should
move with no binding (a voice coil
that catches often gives a scratchy feel
and sound) and the edge suspension
should not distort or collapse. Furthermore, the cone should not change in
shape, ie, obviously flex.
The larger the woofer, the less distance it needs to be able to move. So
if you’re looking at an older speaker
with a 12-inch (30cm) woofer, don’t
be concerned if it can be moved only
5mm – there will still be plenty of
bass.
On the other hand, a 6-inch (15cm)
woofer needs to have a lot of travel
to be effective. The more woofers the
enclosure has, the less travel each
one needs.
Sharply tapping the ends of your
Speaker specifications
Many speakers have specifications written on the back of the enclosure. For
brand name designs, you can do a quick Google search and find the same
information. However, more often than not, this information is of little help –
to put not a fine point on it, it’s often garbage.
Really, only one specification is likely to be semi-accurate – and that’s nominal impedance. If the plaque says “4 ohms”, the AC impedance is likely to be
near 4W.
Stated frequency response? It’s often the complete stuff of fantasy – or the
response was measured at ±12dB, making it equally useless! Power handling?
Is it RMS or peak power? Or power on normal music material? Or power at
great distortion just before the voice coil melts? Who knows?
Without the speaker efficiency being stated, the power figure gives you no
idea of how loud the speaker can play anyway. Instead, when using it, you
would simply turn it down when it starts to distort (or it’s too loud for comfort).
Where they are available, look at the specifications, but don’t expect to gain
a lot from them. Personally, when buying second-hand speakers, I mainly just
check the impedance, to ensure the designated amp can safely run them.
fingers on the woofer cone will excite
its resonant frequency – the resulting
sound should be as deep as possible.
This is an excellent test that evaluates
both the woofer and its enclosure.
If the speaker is fitted with a large
midrange speaker, again, very gently
move its cone with your fingers. It
will be able to be moved only a short
distance, but again, there should be
no binding.
The tweeter should preferably be a
dome design – and don’t try to move
it! Some cone tweeters can sound fine,
but on any speaker of the last 20 years,
a cone tweeter usually indicates it is a
cheaper, lower-quality design.
If you can, apply a 1.5V cell across
the speaker terminals. The woofer
should leap forwards or backwards
(forwards, if you’ve observed the correct polarity). If you put your ear to
the tweeter and midrange, you should
also be able to hear sounds as the cell
is connected and disconnected – especially if you draw the wire across the
battery terminal to produce a scratchy
noise.
This test shows that all the drivers
are working.
Many second-hand speakers, especially at thrift shops and similar, have
been damaged while on display. For
example, the centre caps on woofers
and dome tweeters can be pushed in.
Woofer centre caps can usually be
pulled out by using a fine needle or
by careful use of a vacuum cleaner
nozzle, but dome tweeters damaged
in this way are usually ruined.
Don’t buy speakers with non-
removable grilles. The risk is simply
too great; for example, the woofer’s
foam suspension may have completely
perished.
Rule #4: carefully check the drivers
Clues to quality
The centre dust cap in the left photo is damaged, although it could probably
be pulled back into shape with the careful use of a vacuum cleaner nozzle.
However, note how badly the outer suspension is distorting when the cone is
pushed inwards. This is one to leave behind! Speakers like the one on the right
with dome tweeters are preferable to those with cone designs.
70
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
In addition to weight, there are
other clues to quality. The first is the
brand name.
This is a tricky area. Some wellknown consumer electronics brands
have speakers that range in quality
from awful to very good, while some
specialist speaker brands have reputations that are vastly overblown.
Definitely don’t buy on brand alone
– always ensure that the above four
rules are met by the speakers you’re
considering.
siliconchip.com.au
Another clue to quality is the terminal block – if there is one! Cheap and
nasty speakers typically don’t have a
terminal block; instead, the cable just
comes through a hole in the rear panel.
Small spring clip terminals indicate
the manufacturer has been cost-cutting
– not very reassuring about what’s
inside the enclosure!
Better speakers use gold-plated
binding posts and often can be
bi-wired – that is, there are separate
connections for the upper and lower
frequencies, invariably bridged with
plates. Any speaker with adjustable
tweeter and/or midrange level controls
is likely to be of better quality.
Editor’s note: usually only relatively
modern hifi speakers offer bi-wiring
– plenty of excellent older speakers
have a simple pair of binding posts.
Bi-wiring is mostly just a fad anyway.
On some enclosures, you can see
how the box was made. If that’s the
case, look for the thickness of the
board and whether the tweeter has
been recessed to give better phasing
with the woofer – in fact, anything
that shows that care was taken in the
design and construction.
Be very wary of any speaker that
looks home designed and built. It may
be a brilliant design – but more often,
it’s been built by someone using rules
of thumb... or no acoustic design at
all (if they used quality drivers, such
speakers can make good donors for a
new design).
Do not buy speakers where some
or all the drivers have obviously been
replaced. Many people buy replacement drivers based only on size, not
the acoustic match for the enclosure
and/or crossovers.
Speakers that use only one fullrange driver are typically quite inferior. Many are at the cheap and nasty
end of the range, and those from
higher-quality brands usually require
dedicated amplifier equalisation to
sound even half reasonable.
Rule #5: look for quality clues
Conclusion
I am a bit of a nut when it comes to
speakers – I have bought literally dozens of pairs over the last 50 years. What
I have found is that if the speaker is
large, heavy and ported, the drivers are
in good condition, and the enclosure
design and construction look fine, the
chances are very much that you have
SC
a quality pair of speakers.
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon
Chip
PDFs on USB
The USB also comes
with its own case
¯ A treasure trove of Silicon Chip magazines on a 32GB
custom-made USB.
¯ Each USB is filled with a set of issues as PDFs – fully
searchable and with a separate index – you just need a PDF
viewer.
¯ Ordering the USB also provides you with download access
for the relevant PDFs, once your order has been processed
¯ 10% off your order (not including postage cost) if you are
currently subscribed to the magazine.
Receive an extra discount If
you already own digital copies
of the magazine (in the block
you are ordering).
THE FIRST SIX BLOCKS COST $100 OR PAY $650 FOR ALL SEVEN (+ POST)
NOVEMBER 1987 – DECEMBER 1994
JANUARY 2005 – DECEMBER 2009
JANUARY 1995 – DECEMBER 1999
JANUARY 2010 – DECEMBER 2014
JANUARY 2000 – DECEMBER 2004
JANUARY 2015 – DECEMBER 2019
OUR NEWEST BLOCK COSTS $150
→
JANUARY 2020 – DECEMBER 2024
WWW.SILICONCHIP.COM.AU/SHOP/DIGITAL_PDFS
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 71
Project by Les Kerr
Dual
Train
Remote Control
This add-on to the Battery-Powered Model Train allows two different model locomotives to be
controlled wirelessly from a single box.
I
n the January 2025 issue, we described
how to control the speed and direction of a single model train using a
433MHz radio link (siliconchip.au/
Article/17607). Since then, I have been
asked by several people if it could be
modified to simultaneously control the
speed and direction of two trains. That
would allow two trains to run together
on the same track or track layout without the expense of installing DCC.
Children love the concept, as they
can have one train chasing the other.
The system presented here controls
two trains, but it could be enhanced
to control up to ten trains and operate onboard sounds like whistles and
brakes. However, those extra features
are for a future article.
To control the speed and direction
of two trains at once, I have used the
same Receiver hardware but have
made two new versions of Receiver
firmware, one for each train. The Battery Charger presented previously also
remains valid.
If you have already built the single
72
Silicon Chip
train controller, you will need to build
a second Receiver and the new dual
transmitter.
I have made another refinement
while adding the multi-locomotive
capability. The previously described
train controller Receiver was switched
off by inserting a 2.5mm jack plug. This
was fine if you only had one carriage,
but when you added a second carriage,
there wasn’t enough space between the
carriages to insert the jack plug.
To solve this, I made a much smaller
on/off plug out of plastic that fits
between the two carriages. Inserting this into the train’s jack socket
switches the power to the train off,
and removing it switches the train
on. Fig.1 shows the dimensions of the
plug. You will need two of these, one
for each train.
The adjacent photo shows the Dual
Train Controller, which is built into a
standard UB3 Jiffy box. It has a speed
potentiometer and a direction toggle
switch for each train, together with a
power off/on toggle switch. The LED
illuminates when it is switched on.
Circuit details
Fig.1: this plastic plug can be
made with hand tools or a lathe
from a small plastic cylinder
using a file. It fits next to the
carriage more easily than a jack
plug to switch the train off.
Fig.2 shows the dual transmitter
circuit. It is similar to the single transmitter circuit published in the January issue but it uses a 14-pin microcontroller. Two new inputs are added
for the speed and direction controls of
the second train.
The two train direction toggle
switch positions are monitored by the
microprocessor (IC1) using its RC2 and
RC3 digital inputs, with +5V (switch
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: the Dual Transmitter circuit is an expanded version of the original, with a 14-pin PIC16F1455 instead of an 8-pin
PIC12F617, plus duplicated speed and direction controls.
open, held at +5V via the 10kW pull-up
resistor) giving one direction and 0V
(switch closed to ground) the opposite. The 100nF ceramic capacitors on
these pins reduce switch bouncing and
stop electrical noise from affecting the
taken readings.
Each train has its own potentiometer that is used to vary its speed. IC1
uses its analog-to-digital converter
(ADC) channels AN4 for train 1 and
AN5 for train 2. It converts the voltage
on the potentiometer wipers (which
are directly proportional to their
rotation) to 8-bit numbers between 0
(train stopped) and 255 (full speed).
100nF capacitors to ground prevent
electrical noise from affecting these
readings.
These measurements are continually taken; if subsequent readings are
identical, indicating the positions of
the speed potentiometers and switches
haven’t changed, no transmission
takes place. If subsequent readings are
different, the new speed is transmitted along with the direction. The same
happens for both trains separately.
When a transmission needs to be
made, IC1 produces digital data from
its RC4 output at 900 baud, which
goes to the 433MHz ASK (amplitude
shift keying) transmitter module. Each
train has its own qualifier added to the
transmitted data so that only that specific train is addressed.
I chose 900 baud because I found
that this is highest baud rate for reliable transmission with these modules.
The whole transmitter is powered
from a 9V battery, which is connected
siliconchip.com.au
to the circuit via an on/off toggle
switch (S1) and a 1N5819 schottky
diode. The diode prevents accidental
battery polarity reversals from destroying the circuit but has a lower forward
voltage drop than a standard diode, so
the battery lasts longer.
A small 78L05 regulator provides
+5V for the microprocessor. 100μF
capacitors at its input and output
reduce any ripple to a negligible level
and ensure stability; the 100nF capacitors help with stability too.
Receiver
The Receiver circuit (Fig.3) is identical to the one published in the January issue. Signals from the Transmitter
are received by the 433MHz receiver
module, and the demodulated serial
data is applied to the RC2 digital input
(pin 8) of the PIC16F1455 microcontroller (IC2).
The 8-bit train speed data and the
direction data are extracted and stored
in memory, then used to generate the
pulse-width modulated speed signal
and the direction signal.
Two logic inputs, IN1 and IN2, control the H-bridge driver (IC3). To turn
the motor in one direction, we apply a
pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal
to vary the speed to IN1 while holding IN2 high. If the train is to run in
reverse, the PWM signal is applied to
instead IN2 while IN1 is held high. To
stop the train, both inputs are kept at
the same level (both low or both high).
The battery supply voltage is
halved by the two 10kW resistors and
the resultant ~2.4V is monitored by
analog input RA4 (pin 3) of IC2 using
its internal ADC. If the voltage at that
pin falls below 2V (ie, the battery is
below 4V), digital output RC4 (pin 6)
is taken low, switching on red LED2
The Dual Train Controller conveniently fits into a UB3 Jiffy box. The drilling
diagram is shown in Fig.6.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 73
Fig.3: the same Receiver is used as before except with updated firmware so that the two trains respond to different
signals. The PIC sends signals to a DRV8871 module to control the motor.
to alert you that the battery needs
charging.
The micro also provides signals to
drive the DRV8871 H-bridge IC. To
turn the motor in one direction, the
PWM signal is applied to digital output RC3 (pin 7), while RC5 is taken
high (+5V). To reverse the motor
direction, the PWM signal is applied
to RC5 and RC3 is taken high. The
higher the speed value, the faster the
motor turns.
When the speed control is near its
minimum position, both RC5 and
RC3 are taken low (to 0V), causing the
PWM module to go into sleep mode,
reducing the current drawn from the
battery.
The +5V supply for the 433MHz
receiver and micro is provided by the
S7V7F5 high-frequency voltage up/
down converter (MOD4) that takes
the 4-6V battery voltage and provides
a regulated +5V output.
If the battery has been recently
charged (it could be as high as about
6V), MOD4 steps down the voltage
to +5V; if it is discharged below 5V,
it steps it up. The 100μF electrolytic
capacitor and 100nF ceramic capacitor
reduce any noise or ripple on the supply. Similarly, the U3V16F15 (MOD3)
provides the +15V DC supply for the
motor.
We use 15V instead of 12V to overcome any voltage drop in the tiny
cables connecting the carriage to the
train motor. Pololu recommends in
their data sheet that you add a 47μF
capacitor across the battery input
when using these inverters, which I
have done. Both these modules are
available locally for around $9 each.
There is a 2.5mm switched jack
socket (CON1) so the battery can be
charged. It also allows the battery
power to the Receiver to be switched
off simply by inserting a jack plug.
With the jack plug in the socket, the
battery is connected to the Charger and
disconnected from the Receiver as its
positive side is disconnected.
Charger circuit
This is how we wired up the Dual Train Controller. See Fig.7 overleaf for a
simplified view of the connections.
74
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The Charger (Fig.4) is also the
same as before. The battery is
trickle charged at C/10 (90mA) for
16 hours unless the charger output
voltage exceeds 6V, indicating the battery is fully charged. In that case, the
charge current is switched off. When
the power pack is switched on, 9V is
applied to the 78L05 voltage regulator
(REG2), which reduces the voltage to
siliconchip.com.au
◀
Fig.4: the Charger circuit is also the same, using REF1 and Q2 to provide a current-limited voltage source to charge the
battery. IC4 and Mosfet Q1 switch the charger off after a set time to avoid damaging the battery.
The 1N4148 diode (D3) prevents
the ADC input from rising above 5.6V,
although that is unlikely because the
battery would have to be charged to
over 11V. Still, it’s possible CON2
could accidentally be connected to a
voltage source, so it’s better to be safe.
Dual transmitter construction
+5V to power the PIC12F617 microcontroller, IC4.
The two 100μF capacitors smooth
out any residual ripple, while the
two 100nF capacitors provide high-
frequency bypassing.
On powering up, digital output GP4
(pin 3) of IC4 pulses the green LED
at 200ms intervals, indicating it is in
standby mode. Pressing the Start button (S3) pulls the GP2 digital input low
(pin 5), causing an interrupt routine
to be triggered that takes the Charger
out of standby mode and puts it into
charge mode. The 100nF capacitor
reduces any contact bounce from the
pushbutton.
This results in the green LED switching off and the red Charge LED flashing at 500ms intervals. Mosfet Q1
(IRL540N) is switched on by digital output GP5 going high, and the
16-hour countdown timer starts.
When on, the drain of the Mosfet
goes low, connecting the 90mA constant current source to the battery. The
current source comprises the BD136
transistor (Q2), an LM285 2.5V reference diode and a 220W resistor in parallel with a 22W resistor.
It works by holding the PNP base
2.5V below the +9V supply. This
sets the emitter at 1.8V (2.5V – 0.7V),
which matches the voltage across the
siliconchip.com.au
parallel resistors. They have a resistance of 20W (220W || 22W). With
1.8V across 20W, Ohm’s law (I = V ÷
R) tells us the current must be 90mA
(1.8V ÷ 20W).
The battery voltage is halved by
the two 10kW resistors and applied to
analog input GP0 (pin 7) of IC4. Once
per second, it measures the voltage; if
it is above 3V (battery fully charged),
charging stops and the Charger goes
back into standby mode, shown by
the green LED flashing. If the battery
voltage doesn’t exceed 6V, the charging
stops after 16 hours.
The 1N4004 diode (D2) prevents
the battery from discharging if it is
left connected when the Charger is
not powered.
The new dual transmitter PCB is
coded 09110245 and measures 57
× 40mm – refer to the overlay diagram, Fig.5. The boards we supply
are double-sided and include two topside links. If you make it yourself as
a single-sided board, you will need to
replace those tracks with wire links.
Start by fitting the resistors and D1,
ensuring its cathode band faces as
shown, then the socket for IC1, with
the notched end at the top. You could
solder the IC directly to the board,
but if you wish to remove it later for
reprogramming, you will need to use
the socket.
There are various ways to connect
the wires to the board, but the easiest is
probably to solder standard headers to
the board and use pre-made wires with
DuPont connectors to plug into them.
Now is a good time to solder the twoway and three-way headers in place.
After that, you can fit the MKT
capacitors (all 100nF, not polarised),
then the two electrolytic capacitors.
The latter are polarised and must have
their longer (+) leads inserted into the
pads marked with + symbols in Fig.5
and on the PCB. Then solder REG1
in place, with its flat side facing as
shown. You may need to bend its leads
to fit the PCB pads.
The 433MHz transmitter module
has a three-pin header that goes into
three pads on the board. Make sure it’s
orientated with the antenna terminal
towards the edge of the main PCB, then
solder it in place.
Fig.5: fit the components on
the new Dual Transmitter PCB
as shown here. IC1, D1, the
electrolytic capacitors and the
433MHz transmitter module
must be orientated correctly.
The transmitter module is fitted
vertically; it’s shown laid over
here for clarity. The
antenna runs above the
left-hand edge of the PCB.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 75
Don’t plug in the PIC16F1455
microcontroller yet. If you have purchased it from the Silicon Chip Online
shop, it will already have the firmware loaded. If you wish to do this
yourself, the files can be downloaded
from siliconchip.au/Shop/6/508 – you
will need a suitable programmer and
adaptor socket.
Make the transmitter antenna by
winding 0.4mm diameter enamelled
copper wire around a 2.5mm diameter former, like the shaft of a drill bit.
Wind 16 close turns and ensure there
is sufficient length at either end to trim
it as shown in Fig.5. Then strip the
insulation from the shorter end (using
a sharp hobby knife or emery paper),
tin it and solder it to the antenna terminal on the 433MHz module.
The antenna runs above the edge of
the board (not as shown in Fig.5; it was
drawn that way for clarity).
Finally, check for any dry solder
joints or solder bridges.
Case preparation
Fig.6 shows the holes to make in
the lid of the UB3 Jiffy box. The four
2.5mm countersunk holes are for the
PCB mounting screws (they should be
countersunk on the outside of the lid).
The 7mm holes are for the pots, 5mm
holes for the switches and a 3mm hole
for the LED.
The PCB mounts to the inside of the
lid on M2.5 tapped spacers. Ideally,
they should be around 18mm long
but that size is not readily available –
I custom-made mine on a lathe. 17mm
spacers are commercially available
and should be OK.
Deburr the holes, then fit the LED,
potentiometers, their knobs and
the toggle switches as shown in the
Fig.7: the wiring is most easily made by cutting female/female jumper leads
in half, soldering the bare ends to the chassis-mounting components and
then plugging the other end into standard pin headers on the PCB.
photos. Attach the spacers using four
6mm-long M2.5 countersunk head
screws, then hold the PCB to those
spacers using four M2.5 sized machine
nuts.
Solder the 220W resistors between
one end of potentiometers and their
case as shown. To make the connection to the potentiometer cases, you
will need to abrade a small section of
the pot body with emery paper, a file
or similar (don’t breathe the resulting dust!).
Next, cut female/female jumper
leads in half, strip the cut ends, solder
them to the lid-mounted components
and then plug the DuPont plugs onto
the appropriate headers using the wiring diagram, Fig.7, as a guide.
Tape the free end of the antenna
to the case. The battery is attached
by double-sided tape to the inside of
the case, on the opposite side to the
antenna.
Testing
Make sure that the microcontroller is out of its socket, then check the
wiring of the battery connector and
the orientations of the 78L05 voltage
regulator and the 433MHz transmitter
module. Connect the 9V battery and
switch the unit on; the red LED on the
front panel should glow.
Use a multimeter to probe pins 1
(red) and 14 (black) of the IC socket
and verify that you get a reading very
close to +5V DC. If not, check that the
Fig.6: prepare the Jiffy box
lid with the holes shown
here. The four 2.5mm
holes are countersunk on
the outside.
76
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
5V regulator is the correct way around
and there aren’t any solder bridges
shorting the tracks.
Switch off the transmitter and plug
in the microcontroller; you may need
to straighten its pins first. Push it in
evenly, making sure that none of the
leads fold up under the body when
doing so, and ensure its notch is
aligned with the socket’s.
If you have an oscilloscope, connect
it to pin 6 of the PIC16F1455 and the
Earth connector to 0V. Switch on and
you should capture a serial data waveform at 900 baud, similar to that in
Screen 1. Attach the back of the case
using the supplied screws.
For the construction details of the
Receiver and Charger, refer to the January 2025 issue. The PCBs are not difficult to assemble, so we have reproduced the PCB overlays in Figs.8, 9 &
11, which will be enough for an experienced constructor to build them.
Also refer to the Receiver battery wiring diagram (Fig.10) and Charger case
drilling details (Fig.12).
Fig.8: this is the smaller Receiver,
which uses mostly SMD parts.
Programming the Receiver IC
If you purchased the microcontrollers from the Silicon Chip Online
Shop, they will already be programmed, so you won’t need to do anything further. However, if you build
the Receivers using blank chips, you
will need to program them before you
can use them.
To do this, solder wires to the +5V
and 0V rails as well as pin 4 (MCLR)
of the microcontroller, and the pads
on pin 10 (ICSPDAT) and pin 9 (ICSPCLK). With those wires in place and
the PIC16F1455 IC attached to the
board, connect the wires to your programmer (check its pinout in the documentation).
The Receiver firmware is available
from the same link as before (from
siliconchip.au/Shop/6/508). Use your
PIC programmer to upload it to the
chip (eg, using Microchip’s free
MPLAB IPE programming software).
Use the testing procedure
from the January 2025 article
(siliconchip.au/Article/17607)
to test the Receiver but adapt it
to use the Dual Transmitter that
you just built.
Final testing
Fig.9: the slightly larger
Receiver board uses mostly
through-hole parts.
Fig.10: the Receiver
battery wiring.
Fig.11: the battery Charger uses
all through-hole parts and is
straightforward to build.
Switch on the Transmitter
and set the speed controls to their
Fig.12: the Charger also fits into a UB3 Jiffy box, with the required holes
shown here. For full assembly instructions, refer to the January 2025 issue.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 77
minimum position. With engine 1 on
its back and connected to its carriage,
switch on its Receiver by removing
the on/off plug from the jack socket.
Rotate the speed control for train 1
on the transmitter; the engine wheels
should start to turn, spinning faster
as the control is rotated towards maximum speed.
Turn the control back down and
the speed should decrease to zero just
before minimum rotation.
Repeat this test with the forward/
reverse switch in the other position.
If you change the position of the forward/reverse switch, nothing will
happen until the corresponding speed
control changes. To avoid damage to
the train’s motors, always reduce the
speed control to its minimum before
operating the forward/reverse switch.
Switch off the transmitter and insert
the on/off plug to switch off the train,
then repeat the above procedure for
train 2.
Testing the trains on the track
Place train 1 on the track and remove
its on/off plug. On the transmitter,
rotate the speed controls for trains 1
& 2 fully anti-clockwise. Switch on
the transmitter and slowly rotate train
1’s speed control clockwise. Train 1
should start to move in a direction
depending on the position of its forward/reverse switch.
Continue rotating the speed to maximum and the train should accelerate to maximum speed. Switch off
the transmitter and the train should
continue running at maximum speed.
Switch on the transmitter again and
rotate train 1’s speed control to minimum. The train should slow down
and then stop.
With train 1’s potentiometer in the
minimum position, rotate train’s 2
potentiometer; you shouldn’t see any
response from train 1. Repeat the above
test after moving the reverse switch to
the other position.
Remove train 1 from the track and
insert its on/off plug, then repeat the
above test for train 2.
If the red LED on the train lights, it
is time to charge the batteries in the
train. To do that, insert the Charger’s
jack plug into the train’s socket and
SC
switch on the Charger.
Parts List – Dual Train Remote Control
1 500mm length of 1.5mm diameter black or clear heatshrink tubing
various lengths & colours of light-duty hookup wire
(wire for the power to the engine can be from old USB and mouse cables)
Dual Train Controller (Transmitter)
1 double-sided PCB coded 09110245, 57 × 40mm
1 black UB3 Jiffy box
1 3-pin 433MHz transmitter module, WRF43301R or XLC-RF5 (MOD1)
[Little Bird, AliExpress, eBay]
1 9V battery snap with flying leads
1 9V battery (BAT1)
2 10kW linear (B-curve) 24mm potentiometers with nuts (VR1, VR2)
2 large knobs to suit VR1 & VR2
3 SPDT subminiature toggle switches (S1-S3) [Jaycar ST0300]
1 14-pin DIL IC socket (optional; for IC1)
1 40-way female header strip
(cut into five 2-way and two 3-way strips using side cutters)
4 M2.5 × 6mm countersunk head machine screws
4 M2.5 nuts
4 M2.5 × 17mm tapped spacers [element14 1466854]
1 20 × 40mm (approximate) piece of foam-cored double-sided tape
1 200mm length of 0.4mm diameter enamelled copper wire
8 200mm female-female DuPont jumper leads
(two red∎, two black∎, one blue∎ & three green∎)
1 PIC16F1455-I/P 8-bit micro programmed with 0911024D.HEX, DIP-14 (IC1)
1 78L05 5V 100mA linear regulator, TO-92 (REG1)
1 3mm high-brightness red LED (LED1)
1 1N5819 40V 1A schottky diode (D1)
2 100μF 16V low-ESR electrolytic capacitor
6 100nF 50V ceramic, MLC or MKT capacitors
4 10kW ¼W 1% axial resistors
2 220W ¼W 1% axial resistors
Charger
1 single- or double-sided PCB coded 09110244, 63 × 32mm
1 UB3 Jiffy box
1 9V DC 150mA+ plugpack
Screen 1: the waveform between pin 6
of the PIC16F1455 IC and ground is a
900 baud serial stream.
78
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
That time of year is nearly here...
1 2.5mm mono jack plug (CON2) [Jaycar PP0100]
1 chassis-mount DC socket to suit plugpack (CON3)
1 chassis-mount SPST miniature momentary pushbutton (S3)
1 8-pin DIL IC socket
5 2-way pin headers, 2.54mm pitch
6 female-female DuPont jumper wires, ideally joined in a ribbon
4 M3 × 8mm countersunk head machine screws
8 M3 hex nuts
1 500mm length of single-core screened microphone cable
1 PIC12F617-I/P 8-bit micro programmed with 0911024C.HEX, DIP-8 (IC4)
1 LM285-2.5 voltage reference diode, TO-92 (REF1)
1 78L05 5V 100mA linear regulator, TO-92 (REG2)
1 IRL540N 100V 36A Mosfet, TO-220 (Q1)
1 BD136/138/140 45/60/80V 1.5A PNP transistor, TO-126 (Q2)
1 5mm green LED (LED3)
1 5mm red LED (LED4)
1 1N4004 400V 1A diode (D2)
1 1N4148 75V 200mA diode (D3)
2 100μF 16V low-ESR radial electrolytic capacitors
3 100nF 50V ceramic, multi-layer ceramic or MKT capacitors
4 10kW ¼W 1% axial resistors
3 2.2kW ¼W 1% axial resistors
2 220W ¼W 1% axial resistors
1 39W 1W 1% axial resistor (for testing)
1 22W ¼W 1% axial resistor
CHRISTMAS
Spice up your festive season
with eight LED decorations!
Tiny LED Xmas Tree
54 x 41mm PCB
SC5181 – $2.50
Tiny LED Cap
55 x 57mm PCB
SC5687 – $3.00
Tiny LED Stocking
41 x 83mm PCB
SC5688 – $3.00
Receiver – two are required per Transmitter
1 4-pin 433MHz receiver module, WRF43301R or XLC-RF5 (MOD2)
[Little Bird, AliExpress, eBay]
1 Polulu U3V16F15 15V output step-up DC/DC converter (MOD3)
1 Polulu S7V7F5 5V output step-up/down DC/DC converter (MOD4)
1 Adafruit DRV8871 motor driver module (MOD5)
4 1.2V 900mAh NiMH AAA cells [Jaycar SB1739]
1 2×2 AAA battery holder with flying leads
1 2.5mm mono switched chassis-mounting jack socket (CON1)
[Jaycar PS0105]
2 4-way right-angle pin header, 2.54mm pitch (for MOD2 & MOD5)
2 female-female DuPont jumper wires, ideally joined together
1 red 3mm LED (LED2)
available from Core Electronics
🔹
🔹
🔹
🔹
Receiver (TH version specific parts)
1 single- or double-sided PCB coded 09110242, 74 × 23mm
1 PIC16F1455-I/P 8-bit microcontroller programmed with
0911024S.HEX or 0911024T.HEX, DIP-14 (IC2)
1 14-pin DIL IC socket
3 100μF 16V low-ESR radial electrolytic capacitors
2 100nF 50V ceramic, multi-layer ceramic or MKT capacitors
3 10kW ¼W 1% axial resistors
1 1kW ¼W 1% axial resistor
Receiver (SMD version specific parts)
1 single- or double-sided PCB coded 09110243, 23 × 30mm
1 PIC16F1455-I/SL 8-bit microcontroller programmed with
0911024S.HEX or 0911024T.HEX, SOIC-14 (IC2)
1 100μF 16V low-ESR radial electrolytic capacitor
1 100μF 6.3V radial electrolytic capacitor
1 47μF 16V X5R M3216/1206 SMD ceramic capacitor
2 100nF 50V X7R M2012/0805 SMD ceramic capacitors
3 10kW ⅛W 1% M2012/0805 SMD resistors
1 1kW ¼W 1% M2012/0805 SMD resistor
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
Tiny LED Reindeer
91 x 98mm PCB
SC5689 – $3.00
Tiny LED Bauble
52.5 x 45.5mm
SC5690 – $3.00
Tiny LED Sleigh
80 x 92mm PCB
SC5691 – $3.00
Tiny LED Star
57 x 54mm PCB
SC5692 – $3.00
Tiny LED Cane
84 x 60mm PCB
SC5693 – $3.00
We also sell a kit containing all
required components for just
$15 per board ➟ SC5579
October 2025 79
We introduced this new pendant speaker design
last month, including some information on how
we arrived at the final configuration. Now
we will show you how to build, test and
(optionally) tune it.
Easy to assemble, with a largely pre-built enclosure
Multiple configurations for different applications
Uses a 6.5-inch (170mm) woofer and a dome tweeter
Low-cost drivers and crossover
Impedance: 4W (minimum, 20Hz-20kHz)
44cm wide, 40cm high and 7kg in weight
High-Performance
Pendant Speaker
Part 2 by Julian Edgar
T
he starting point for the enclosure
is a Bunnings pot that is made
from recycled plastic. It is called the
“Eden 40cm Black Faux Planter” (I/N
0118235); you want the 44cm size (it’s
available in three different sizes). The
shape is best described as a truncated,
slightly curved cone. It is 44cm in
diameter at the top, 22cm in diameter
at the bottom and 40cm high.
Bunnings states on their website that
it has a volume of 26L; however, the
enclosure actually has a total volume
of about 37 litres. Taking into account
the position of the baffle, we use an
enclosed volume of about 27L. The
construction steps are:
1. Cut out a strengthening panel,
which fits in the bottom of the enclosure (the top when it is hanging). Glue
and screw it in place inside the pot.
2. Cut a baffle, make holes in it and
test fit the baffle, woofer, tweeter and
port in the enclosure.
3. Disassemble the baffle, removing
all the parts.
4. Glue the quilt wadding inside the
enclosure.
5. Cut out and screw the grille spacing blocks to the baffle and glue the
port into place (if you wish to test
different port lengths, don’t glue the
port yet).
80
Silicon Chip
6. Paint the baffle and port.
7. Cut
the metal grille mesh and
paint it.
8. Assemble all the components on
the front and back of the baffle and
wire it up, including the cable that
goes to the amplifier.
9. Glue & screw the baffle, complete
with all its components, into place.
10. Fit the grille.
11. Test it.
The following steps are for the version that uses the ported enclosure and
protection lamp. If you are building the
non-ported enclosure, ignore anything
that mentions a port.
If you are building the speaker without the protection lamp, you may
wish to place the baffle nearer the
end of the enclosure. Doing this gives
slightly better sound dispersion, and
the change in internal volume is small
enough not to matter a great deal. If
you choose to do this, you will need to
use shorter spacer blocks for the grille.
However, before making the enclosure, we will make the crossover.
Crossover construction
The crossover comprises just three
components: a 4.7μF non-polarised
crossover capacitor and two 5W
ceramic-bodied resistors, one that is
1W and the other 10W. Fig.2 (from last
month) shows the circuit. As you can
see, the capacitor and 1W resistor are
in series with the tweeter, and the 10W
resistor is in parallel with the tweeter.
You can build the crossover on
punched laminate board, as we did,
or simply glue the components to a
piece of hardboard or similar and then
wire them point-to-point. The terminal
blocks are optional – you can instead
make the connections directly to the
components and tie these leads into
place with cable ties. None of the components are polarised.
Enclosure construction
#1 Making and fitting the
Fig.2: the simple crossover circuit
uses a non-polarised 4.7μF capacitor
and two 5W resistors.
Australia's electronics magazine
strengthening panel
The first step is to use a jigsaw to
cut out the round bottom plate from
particleboard. This plate needs to be
siliconchip.com.au
230mm in diameter and should be the
same thickness as the material that will
be used in the baffle (18-22mm thick).
This plate has two purposes. Firstly,
it strengthens the area from which the
Pendant Speaker will hang. This is
needed because the bottom of the pot
is thinner than the walls. Secondly, it
stiffens the bottom of the pot – this is
required for acoustic reasons.
Glue and screw the bottom plate
into place. Use plenty of Liquid Nails
water clean-up adhesive; there’s quite
a void to fill under and around the
panel, so you will probably use a full
cartridge. Then insert into the panel
particleboard four screws from the bottom of the pot and four from around
the periphery. Drill small diameter
pilot holes before inserting these eight
screws.
Clean up the edge of the glue using
a wet cloth that you repeatedly rinse
in running water. While this part is not
visible when the speaker is complete,
cleaning the edge of glue is good practice for when you glue the baffle – that
edge will be visible.
Drill a hole in the base for the
speaker cable to exit and attach the
fastening from which the enclosure
will hang. We used a 40mm saddle
clamp with two M6 bolts; you could
also use an M8 eye-bolt. In either case,
use washers and Nyloc nuts or apply
Loctite to the nut threads – you don’t
want these nuts coming loose through
vibration! Don’t attach the hanger with
just particleboard screws.
Photo 1: the High-Performance
Pendant Speaker is straightforward
to make and requires only normal
handheld power tools.
Photo 2: first, cut out the base
reinforcement disc with a jigsaw.
Doing the work on a milk crate can
help to protect the blade when cutting.
Photo 3: next, apply plenty of water
clean-up Liquid Nails to the base of
the pot before...
Photo 4: ...putting the disc in place
and smoothing the glue around it.
Surplus glue should be cleaned up
with a rag repeatedly rinsed in water.
Photo 5: screws are then inserted
from the sides to hold the particle
board reinforcement firmly in place.
Countersink these holes with a larger
diameter drill bit rotated by hand
before inserting the screws.
Photo 6: insert particleboard screws
into the reinforcement plate from the
bottom. Note the glue visible through
the two pot drainage holes – they must
be sealed.
#2 Making the baffle
The next step is to make the baffle. To do this, cut a disc of particleboard 415mm in diameter. We used
22mm-thick, moisture-resistant particleboard but slightly thinner MDF
should be fine. Don’t use material less
than about 18mm thick. Any thinner
than this and the peripheral glue won’t
have enough ‘meat’ to adhere to.
Also, because screws are inserted
through the wall of the enclosure to
further hold the baffle in place, there
needs to be enough material for the
screws to go into and be secure.
The diameter of the baffle is less
than the internal diameter of the pot
because we want the baffle to slide
down a little within the pot – that is,
to be recessed from the outer lip by
about 60mm. This gives us the needed
clearance for the grille and optional
protection lamp.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 81
Cut holes in the baffle for the:
• woofer (the hole will need to be
150mm)
• port (if using thin-walled 90mm
PVC stormwater pipe, the hole will
be 90mm)
• tweeter (50mm hole)
The woofer needs to be mounted in
the middle of the baffle; if you mount
it off-centre, the Pendant Speaker will
not hang straight. The port and tweeter
holes can be mounted wherever you
like in the baffle – just position them
to leave sufficient material around the
openings for strength and ensure the
100mm-long port tube cannot foul an
internal wall.
Cutting the thick particleboard can
be a bit difficult, especially the smaller
diameter holes. The hole for the port
can be cut with a jigsaw – it may be
easiest to just cut it roughly undersize,
then file it to the final size. Any minor
mismatches in size or shape will be
filled with the glue anyway, but practice cutting a small hole in a scrap
piece of particleboard first.
The tweeter hole is best cut with a
hole saw. When using a hole saw on
particle board, lift the saw often, stop
the power drill (or drill press), and
clean the saw’s teeth with a wire brush.
Cut at a slow speed.
Next, cut 90mm PVC thin-walled
pipe to a length of 100mm – this will
be our port. If you are cutting this by
hand, first wrap a piece of tape around
the pipe to give you a square line to
cut against.
Now temporarily mount the woofer,
tweeter and port in the baffle and slide
Photo 7: cutting out the baffle. To
mark the required large circle, use a
pencil, a scrap piece of timber and a
screw to make a temporary compass.
82
Silicon Chip
the baffle into the enclosure, checking
that everything fits without problems.
#3 Disassemble the baffle
This should be self-explanatory.
#4 Add the quilt wadding
Cover the complete inside surface of
the enclosure with one layer of 150gsm
quilt wadding. Glue the wadding into
place, ensuring it’s below the level
where the baffle will sit (see the photos overleaf).
In addition, insert a piece of bundled wadding about 500mm square on
one side of the enclosure – when the
baffle is placed in position, the port
needs to be located on the other side.
This is so that the wadding doesn’t
block the port. No wadding is used on
the underside of the baffle.
If you are building the sealed enclosure version, attach a second 500mm
square piece of loose quilt wadding to
the inside of the enclosure.
#5 Fitting the port and making the
spacer blocks
Unless you want to later experiment
with different port lengths, glue the
port into place now, flush with the
outer surface of the baffle.
Curved spacer blocks need to be
made next. These support the grille
while providing clearance for, especially, the protection lamp. We made
the spacer blocks from two layers of
the same 22mm particle board used for
the baffle and strengthening plate, each
about 60mm long and 40mm wide.
The two layers are held together
Photo 8: after cutting the hole for the
woofer, make the smaller hole for the
port. The jigsaw cuts a tighter radius
if you move it back & forth in small
steps, rather than a continuous sweep.
Australia's electronics magazine
with a pair of particleboard screws in
each block. If you don’t want to go to
the trouble of making curved spacers,
44mm tall square blocks of timber will
achieve the same outcome.
Use particleboard screws to attach
the three spacer blocks at even intervals around the inside edge of the baffle. It’s neatest to insert these screws
from the rear of the baffle.
#6 Cut out the grille
For the grille, we used steel welded
mesh with 12.7mm square openings,
available from Bunnings. This grille
gives an ‘industrial’ look that is great for
a shed or workshop. If you don’t want to
be able to see the speaker’s components,
use steel mesh with smaller holes (Bunnings sells that as well).
To cut out the grille, place the enclosure upside-down on the mesh and
mark around the edge. Then cut the
grille about 10mm inside that line.
Lay the cut-out grill over the mouth of
the enclosure and keep trimming the
grille until it slides into the mouth of
the enclosure, leaving a small gap all
around. It is better that the grille be
slightly too small than too large.
Patience and a pair of good side-
cutters are needed when cutting out
the mesh grille! If you are fitting the
protection lamp, remember you cannot
use grille cloth. Also, be careful not to
select woven metal mesh, as it tends to
unravel when cut into a circle.
#7 Paint the baffle, port and grille
Next, use spray paint to paint the
baffle, port and (separately) the grille.
Photo 9: cutting the hole for the
tweeter. It is 50mm in diameter and is
best made with a hole saw.
siliconchip.com.au
When painting the grille, most of the
paint will pass straight through the
mesh, so place it first on a surface that
you don’t mind having a lot of overspray on. Only one side of the mesh
needs to be painted, but move the can
back and forth at a variety of angles
so that the steel wire is coated from
all views.
Note that the mesh is galvanised,
and some paints (eg, the otherwise
excellent Rust-Oleum 2X) will not
adhere long-term to galvanised steel.
#8 Assemble all the components
on the baffle and do the wiring
Now we will assemble the complete
baffle. First, glue the tweeter into its
50mm hole, using the panel-mount
adaptor supplied with the tweeter.
Some Liquid Nails applied to the
back of the tweeter housing will hold
it nicely in place. This hole must be
fully sealed – we don’t want air leaks
past the tweeter.
Now mount the speaker protection
lamp, if using one. To do this, enlarge
the existing hole in the bulb’s bottom
tang to 3mm. Nip off one of the nipple protrusions on the baseplate and
also enlarge this hole to 3mm. Be very
careful when drilling these holes – it
is easy to damage the lamp (eg, by
dropping it).
A Z-shaped bracket needs to be
made from scrap aluminium or something similar; this holds the lamp
about 25mm off the baffle. We used
a combination of a Z-bracket made
from a bent right-angled bracket plus
a spacer to achieve the stand-off. The
Photo 10: the baffle with all the holes
finished, for the port, woofer and
tweeter. Once you’ve reached this
stage, the rest is easy.
siliconchip.com.au
#8 Glue the baffle, complete with
lamp is mounted via its bottom tab so
that it is parallel with the baffle. Don’t
mount the lamp close to the baffle.
Wiring connections to the lamp are
by two solder lugs that are attached
with the 3mm screws; these wires pass
through holes drilled in the baffle.
Make the wires a tight fit through the
holes and/or seal the back of the baffle where the wires pass through. The
lamp is wired in series with one of the
main (external-going) speaker wires.
Next, cut a suitable speaker gasket
from a thin foam rubber sheet before
screwing the woofer into place. You
can use silicone to seal around the
woofer if you don’t want to make a
gasket. Drill small diameter pilot holes
for the screws first. If you use a gasket,
you may find you need some washers
under the speaker flange ears to stop
them being pulled downwards as you
tighten the screws.
The crossover can be mounted next,
on the back of the baffle. It mounts via
spacers and four particleboard screws.
If you want permanent access to the
crossover, it can be mounted on the
front face of the baffle – there is clearance from the grille to allow this.
Now complete all the wiring connections, including the main cable to
the speaker that passes through the
hole in the strengthening plate. Seal
this hole with glue or silicone.
Before gluing and screwing the
baffle into place, test the drivers and
crossover by playing some quiet music
through the system. There should
be output from both the tweeter and
woofer!
all its components, into place
Double-check that everything on the
baffle is correctly assembled, wired
and fully screwed into place. After the
next step, there is no going back! If you
want to have access to the crossover
during tuning, do not glue the baffle in
place at this stage and see the “Tuning
alternatives” section.
Apply a generous amount of water
clean-up Liquid Nails glue around the
inside of the enclosure at – and a little
above – the height at which the baffle
will sit. Slide the baffle down, remembering to orientate it so that the port is
on the opposite side of the enclosure
to the extra internal wadding. Ensure
the baffle is evenly lower than the edge
of the enclosure by 60mm.
As you slide the baffle into place,
glue will probably squeeze up between
the baffle and the enclosure wall. With
the baffle now positioned at the correct
height, use a wet finger to wipe this
glue smooth all around the periphery. If there are any gaps, add more
glue and wipe it along the gap with
your finger.
Before the glue can dry (immediately), use a wet cloth to remove all
surplus glue. Keep rinsing the cloth
and repeating the process until there
is a neat line of glue around all the
exposed joins, including around the
grille spacer blocks. Do not get glue on
the woofer or tweeter. Don’t panic if
it looks like glue is going everywhere;
just keep wiping and rinsing the cloth.
Remember, you must use water
clean-up Liquid Nails (or equivalent)
Photo 11: when making the grille
spacer blocks, use the compass to
mark the outer line; the inner line that
the jigsaw is cutting along is estimated
using the outer shoe of the saw.
Photo 12: the painted baffle and
enclosure, complete with lifting
clamp. The port and grille spacer
blocks have already been installed on
the baffle.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 83
Photo 13: the wire grille, cut to size
so that it fits within the mouth of the
enclosure. This can be done while
waiting the for glue to harden.
Photo 14: the interior of the enclosure
lined with quilt wadding. The bottom
piece has been inserted, and the glue
applied for the long peripheral piece.
Speaker lying on its side on the floor.
Use a frequency generator (or a phone
app like Signal Gen from Media Punk
Studios) and an amplifier to quietly
do a slow sweep from 20,000Hz down
to 30Hz. There should be no buzzes,
whistles, or rattles.
If you hear problems, isolate where
the sound is coming from (eg, a loose
port, a leak around the frame of the
woofer, or a leak between the edge of
the baffle and the enclosure) and then
fix that. If the grille rattles, cut it a little smaller so its edges don’t touch the
inner walls of the enclosure. If you
hear a buzz, ensure it’s not something
in the room becoming excited, rather
than the speaker itself.
If all is fine, redo the frequency
sweep a little louder; however, never
use sinewaves at high volumes, as the
speaker drivers can be damaged.
Depending on the quality of your
hearing, you should be able to hear
speaker output from about 45Hz to
15,000Hz – even higher if you have
young ears!
Hanging the speaker
Photo 15: the outer piece has now been
put in position. Note the extra inserted
piece of wadding on the left; this goes
on the opposite side to the port. The
speaker cable can also be fed through
a hole drilled in the baseplate.
Photo 16: the protection lamp is
held in place by a bolt through the
enlarged hole in its bottom terminal.
The Z-shaped bracket is attached to
the front of the baffle via a spacer and
particleboard screw.
glue. Don’t use the normal building
adhesive!
The next step is to hold the baffle
in place with particleboard screws.
Drill small pilot holes, countersink
them by turning a large drill bit by
hand, then insert four particleboard
screws through the wall of the enclosure into the baffle’s edge. Space these
screws evenly around the enclosure.
These screws are for added structural
integrity – we don’t want the baffle
falling out!
Now seal the speaker cable exit with
glue or silicone sealant.
Let the glue harden for at least 12
hours in warm conditions; longer if it
is below 20°C. There is a lot of glue in
the enclosure, and it takes plenty of
time to harden – don’t get impatient
and start testing the speaker too early!
When the glue is hard, paint the
edge of the baffle where the glue is
showing. You can use a brush to do
this, or if you mask of the drivers and
lamp, you can use the spray can again.
Any black overspray is barely visible
on the black enclosure, but you can
wipe off any you see with a rag moistened in paint thinner or turpentine.
The heads of the countersunk
screws through the enclosure walls
can be left as they are, or painted black
with a small brush.
84
Silicon Chip
#9 Fit the grille
The grille is attached to the spacer
blocks using small particleboard
screws and washers, or particleboard
screws and small metal or plastic cable
clamps. Paint these black after you
have attached the grille. The grille is
susceptible to resonant vibration, so
it must be firmly attached.
#10 Testing
When you have assembled the
speaker, test it by connecting it to an
amplifier. Unlike later testing, this
testing can be done with the Pendant
Australia's electronics magazine
The Pendant Speaker will likely be
suspended from a high ceiling or roof.
Before building the speaker, carefully
consider how you are going to mount it
– especially how you’re going to safely
get up to the required height.
Since you’ll probably be using a
ladder, be aware that about one person a week dies in falls from ladders
in Australia, and a staggering 120 people a week are hospitalised due to ladder accidents.
The speaker must be suspended
using a chain or steel cable of adequate load rating (eg, 20kg). Use chain
that has welded (rather than just bent)
links. Do not use plastic chain. Note
that if you use a chain and it has any
loose links (eg, a ‘tail’ has been left),
the chain may resonate at certain frequencies.
The chain or cable must be screwed
or bolted to a joist or rafter of appropriate strength. The anchor must not
be just plasterboard.
Don’t be tempted to leave out the
speaker strengthening plate – this
helps reinforce the base of the pot
(which becomes the top of the enclosure) and also better joins the sides
to the base.
In really rugged conditions (eg, a
very windy outdoor area), we suggest
that the woofer be bolted into place
siliconchip.com.au
rather than being held with only particleboard screws. Also, in this application, we suggest an internal chain be
used to connect the hanger (the saddle clamp or eye bolt) and one of the
woofer mounting bolts.
Tuning alternatives
The sound from this speaker, as with
all speakers, will be greatly affected by
its environment. For example, if the
speaker is positioned close to a ceiling,
the 100mm-long suggested port may
make the speaker too boomy.
Also, if the location in which you
are playing music is jam-packed with
‘stuff’ (eg, a very busy home workshop), the treble will be absorbed to a
much greater degree than if the speaker
is playing in a bare shed. That’s not to
mention that my smooth response may
be perceived as your lack of bass, and
your strong bottom end may sound to
me like one-note bass!
So if you wish, you can test some
enclosure tuning alternatives to suit
your space and taste. If you want maximum tuning flexibility, test without
the baffle glued into place. Instead, use
just screws to hold the baffle in position. That way, you can easily remove
the baffle and make tuning changes to
the crossover.
Use tape or the equivalent to temporarily seal any leaks around the
baffle’s edge. The grille will need to
be removed for this testing.
This time, don’t test the speaker
with it sitting on the floor; instead, you
must hang it in similar conditions to
how it will be used. I will assume that
you have built the ported version and
have not yet glued the port’s plastic
tube into place.
Cut some alternative port tubes of
varying lengths. In addition to the suggested 100mm, also try 125mm, 75mm
and 50mm. Listening to a song that
you know well, test the different vent
lengths, including having no plastic
tube in place at all (ie, the vent length
is just the thickness of the baffle).
You should be able to hear distinct
changes in the bass response, especially when you swap straight from
the longest to the shortest vent.
With the shortest vent (the bare
hole), the bass will be much peakier and muddier. As you increase the
length of the port tube, it will become
smoother but also quieter. Using a frequency generator app on your phone
will make the results of these port
changes clearer.
Next, block the vent (eg, by stuffing a
strip of rolled up foam rubber – or even
just a rag – into the port). As you will
hear, the resulting sealed enclosure
gives the smoothest result, but also the
least bass. If you are intending to use
the speaker primarily on voice, now
try the speaker with (1) the port sealed,
and (2) with the open port length that
gave your chosen best response with
music.
ABC News radio, either streamed or
on FM, is a good source of voice. When
testing on voice, you should be able
to clearly hear that the speaker works
better with a sealed vent.
The L-pad resistors we have used
for the tweeter reduce its output by
about 3dB. If you want more treble,
you can leave these resistors out (but
don’t leave out the crossover capacitor!). Alternatively, if you want less
treble, you can instead use a 2W 5W
resistor in series and a 4W 5W resistor
in parallel with the tweeter; this will
give about a 6dB reduction in output.
Of course, you don’t need to do any
of this testing – you can just take our
word for what works best!
Conclusion
This project is the first pendant
speaker in Silicon Chip. We think it
is an excellent fit for many scenarios,
especially given its ease of construction and ability to have its response tailored to different uses & tastes. This is
a design that should have many applications. No longer do you need to have
silence in those spaces with high ceilSC
ings, or even no ceiling at all!
Photos 17 & 18: the photo at left shows the rear view of the completed baffle with the woofer, tweeter and cables that go
through the baffle to the protection light and the crossover. The port, woofer, tweeter, protection lamp and two of the grille
spacing blocks can be seen in the photo at right. Note the line of lighter coloured glue that runs around the join. After the
glue has hardened, paint it black to match the baffle, then fit the grille and you’re finished!
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 85
SERVICEMAN’S LOG
Large animals, laptops & Laphroaig
Dave Thompson’s column will be
back next month. In the meantime,
here are some repair stories from
our readers!
The elephant test
Back in the 1980s, the traffic management authorities
encountered a new problem with the equipment used to
detect vehicles at intersections with signals. Until then,
a vehicle crossing a detection loop in the road caused a
small decrease in inductance due to the sheet metal body
acting like a shorted turn.
Out of nowhere, vehicle detectors were experiencing
problems ranging from locking up to failing to detect
vehicles. Eventually, someone observed that the problem seemed worse when heavy freight vehicles crossed
the detection loops. The theory was put forward that the
weight of the vehicle caused the detection loop to act like
a strain gauge, dropping the Q factor of the resonant circuit. Such tiny changes in resistance seemed an unlikely
cause to some of us.
My employer was in the early stages of manufacturing a
new 8-channel vehicle detector that scanned loops many
times faster than competing products, and was extremely
anxious to have a product that was immune to these ‘negative actuations’. We believed that weight was not the problem, but how to prove it?
Firstly, I sent a technician to the local freight depot
to ask drivers if they would mind doing a lap of our test
track to help us identify which brand of tyres “caused the
traffic lights to spend more time red” (an invented story).
That did the trick; half an hour later, there was a queue of
semi-trailers lined up at our works gate!
We sent each semi for a slow lap around our test track,
and as each rig cleared the test station, the anxious driver
would ask if his tyres were OK. We told them all that they
were OK but, in fact, a large proportion of them were causing the problem and we were carefully noting all the markings on each tyre.
One driver called back as he drove off, “I hope youse
catch them barstards with the shonky tyres”!
Items Covered This Month
• Testing, traffic & troubleshooting
• Refurbishing a Toshiba P750 laptop
• The intoxicated wheelchair
Dave Thompson runs PC Anytime in Christchurch, NZ.
Website: www.pcanytime.co.nz
Email: dave<at>pcanytime.co.nz
Cartoonist – Louis Decrevel
Website: loueee.com
86
Silicon Chip
Our observations proved nothing, as the rigs all varied in
weight. A brain storming session was held to find a way to
prove or disprove the strain gauge theory so strongly held
by some. We needed a very heavy weight to pass over the
detection loops, but that weight had to be non-metallic if
it was to prove anything.
Large plastic water tanks, piles of timber railway sleepers, a load of dry sand were all suggested and ruled out,
as the weight had to be reasonably concentrated, applied
suddenly and removed promptly to realistically simulate
a vehicle driving across the detection loop. A massive slab
of concrete was considered and rejected because the ‘blue
metal’ aggregate in concrete has mild magnetic properties.
After over an hour of fruitless discussions, I suggested,
almost in jest, “what we really need is a large full-grown
elephant to walk over the loops”. To my surprise, the product manager thought it was a great idea, and gave me the go
ahead to contact any circuses in the area and, failing that, try
to arrange with the zoo to hire an elephant for a few hours!
Before my first call, I had to deal with an urgent call from
VicRoads claiming that one of our traffic signals controllers was playing up whenever one of their new thyristor-
controlled trams passed by. They wanted us to send someone down immediately to fix the problem.
The following morning, I found myself in the Melbourne
CBD with a bunch of VicRoads engineers anxious to demonstrate the problem. It indeed turned out to be a vehicle
detector problem that corresponded to the passing of a
tram. Connecting my loop analyser, I could see that it was
an extreme case of ‘negative actuation’, and seemed to support the strain gauge theory that we didn’t want to be true.
Inspecting the detection loop revealed that the feeder
cable had been newly installed in a trench that actually
went under the tram tracks and, more importantly, the rails
dropped by about 6mm whenever a tram passed over them!
The fact that the problem started when the new Z trams
entered service was just a coincidence. The actual problem was caused by a newly installed feeder cable getting
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
crushed every time a tram of any sort passed over it. After
the transport people repaired the concrete rail bases, the
problem disappeared.
The strain gauge supporters backed down and the elephant hire was put on hold for the time being.
After checking out the tyre markings from the previous
week’s semitrailer test runs, it was found that the problem corresponded 100% with steel-belted radial tyres on
high-bed vehicles. The sheet steel in car bodies acts like a
shorted turn above about 25kHz.
Vehicle detectors typically operate between 40kHz and
100kHz. They see a small frequency increase when a vehicle passes over, but the very fine steel wire in steel belted
radials acts more like a low-loss magnetic core and causes
a small frequency decrease.
On small passenger vehicles, the steel of the vehicle body
is very close to the detection loops and so generally swamps
the effect of the steel-belted tyres, but with high-bed vehicles, the body of the vehicle is raised almost to the limits
of detection, and cannot cancel out the effect of the tyres.
The software detection algorithm was modified to recognise and compensate for the phenomenon, and the problem
went away without the use of a single elephant.
The Chinese trade delegation
Shortly after word got around that we had a new, faster,
more sensitive self-tuning vehicle detector on the market,
a delegation from the People’s Republic of China turned
up looking for traffic control products.
We had just installed a vehicle detector demonstration
site right outside the main lab windows, and I hastily sent
a couple of staff members home to get their bicycles to
demonstrate how sensitive our detectors were. The most
important fellow in the delegation didn’t seem to understand any English, relying upon a young lady in his group
to translate everything.
After witnessing the flawless detection of a series of cars
and bicycles, the translator approached me and said that
the chairman wants to know if our vehicle detectors would
detect bamboo bicycles! Apparently, back in the mid-1980s,
China made bicycles out of bamboo.
I was stunned for a second, but then replied that this was
possible if the wheels had a loop of copper wire installed
under the tyre. He seemed satisfied with the reply, and the
delegation moved on to inspect traffic signals controllers.
Bell and Oriel
Again in the 1980s, VicRoads had installed
many of our traffic signals controllers, including one at the busy intersection of Bell St
and Oriel Rd. It was Thursday, and I had
just settled plans for the long weekend when an urgent
call came in
siliconchip.com.au
from Melbourne saying that our traffic controller at the
intersection was going berserk every few minutes, and we
had to send an engineer immediately.
I was told that I was it, so I was unhappily booked in for
a flight in a couple of hours! I phoned VicRoads and asked
to speak to someone on-site. This was before the days of
mobile phones, but they patched me through to their mobile
radio network so I could speak to a signal technician there.
What he described made no sense, so I asked him to take
various voltage measurements around the site, including
the most remote pedestrian pushbutton. This should have
returned a reading of 32V, but he told me it was jumping
around by a few volts constantly, and every minute or so
it dropped briefly down to 15V or so.
After the delay of him having going back to the van to
report it to me, I asked him what buildings or industries
were nearby – all medium high-rise, was the reply. When is
the problem worst, I asked? Mostly at peak hour, he replied.
I then asked him to check the Neutral-Earth link on the
switchboard. It was present, so I asked him to put one
meter lead on the Neutral block and press the other into the
Earth as far from the controller as the leads would allow.
A minute later, he returned to the van to report that the
Neutral-to-Earth voltage was jumping all over the place,
and briefly approaching 100V!
Obviously, there was no Neutral-Earth link at the substation! The power authority was called, and was most
embarrassed to find that the ‘missing link’ was indeed at
the nearby substation.
The nearby buildings all had lifts, and the starting current drawn by these was possibly the cause of the frequent-
but-random variations due to phase imbalances. I would
have expected the lifts to have three-phase motors, but
perhaps not.
The local Earth peg at the controller simply could not
cope with the out-of-balance currents involved. The problem ceased as soon as the Neutral-Earth link was restored
at the substation, and I was saved a trip to Melbourne for
the long weekend.
Melbourne Fire Brigade
Around 1983, the Melbourne Fire Brigade replaced all
their old ‘smash glass and press button’ remote building
alarms. The new devices were all-electronic, and the overall system provided the firemen with a printout of the fire
location and the nature of the business.
The old system had required a young lady in the office
to look up the address manually and write it on a slip of
paper for the departing crew.
Unfortunately, the new system proved troublesome for
two reasons. Firstly, the fire crews did not like it, and secondly, an increasing number of remote alarms were failing.
I was sent to investigate the problem, and watched the
system until a real call-out occurred. I was dismayed
to see the firemen poke their walky-talky antennas
into the printer and ‘give it a squirt’!
The system crashed immediately, so the fire
address had to be determined the old way, in
panic mode. While the fire crew was away, I had
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 87
the system console top removed and lined with heavy aluminium foil, Earthed at one point. Ferrite beads were also
installed on the emitter leads of all power transistors in
the various switch-mode power supplies.
At the next call out, senior managers watched anxiously
as the firemen slid down the pole and approached the console. The printer churned out their instructions perfectly
and completely ignored their repeated attempts to disrupt
operations.
Next came the failing stations. Looking at a map of Melbourne, it became apparent that all new outstations outside a certain radius of headquarters were responsible for
the failures. Measurements of voltages and currents around
the network did not make sense until I discovered that all
new installations were wired with indoor telephone cable
instead of the much heavier gauge outdoor cable!
The problem turned out to be simply voltage drop. Some
non-technical person had discovered that the thinner cable
was very much cheaper, and so had ordered it instead of the
heavier cable normally used. The network was rewired with
considerable haste, and it worked perfectly from then on.
Penalty payments ceased, and I had one very happy boss.
Graham Lill, Lindisfarne, Tas.
Toshiba P750 laptop refurbishment
Our son gave us a Toshiba Satellite P750 laptop that
someone else had given to him. It was in very good condition, so I thought it might be in working order.
I plugged in a charger and it booted up to the login screen
of Windows 7, but the account was password protected,
so I couldn’t log in. It didn’t really matter as I would wipe
the hard drive and install Windows 10 instead.
The first hardware problem was that the battery was dead
flat and wouldn’t charge. I didn’t want to have to buy a
new battery for it, so I grabbed the highest amperage charger I could find and left it charging overnight in the shed.
I didn’t want to leave it charging in the house due to the
small risk of starting a fire.
Sometimes dead flat batteries will charge up again by
using this method. Other times, they won’t, but there’s
nothing to lose by trying.
The next day, the battery was fully charged, so I could
go ahead with wiping the hard drive and installing Windows 10. One problem with Windows 10 version 21H2 is
that it won’t fit on a single-layer DVD, so I had to use an
8GB flash drive. It took a couple of hours to complete the
process, as we cannot get NBN here, other than satellite.
With the USB ready, I tried to boot the laptop with it, but
it would not boot from the USB. So I had to use my DVD
with Windows 10 20H1 and use the USB to update later.
I booted from the DVD and started the Windows 10 setup.
The first thing I did was to delete the existing partition on
the 500GB hard drive.
I like to make two partitions on hard drives when I install
Windows. In the case that the C:\ drive gets corrupted, the
data on D:\ drive should not be affected and Windows can
be reinstalled or repaired on the C:\ drive. I made a 60GB
partition for Windows and then the rest of the space on
the hard drive for D:\ drive for data.
Then I got a message saying that Windows could not be
installed on this partition, because the hard drive was about
88
Silicon Chip
to fail. Presumably, Windows had checked the SMART data
and found that the drive was on its way out. That was good
to know before I proceeded.
I checked my stock of laptop hard drives; I only had one
500GB hard drive left, which had come from one of my
previous laptops that had died when it hadn’t been used
for a few years.
I set up the new hard drive with two partitions, installed
Windows 10 20H1 and set up an account. All went well,
so I plugged in the USB drive and upgraded to Windows
10 21H2.
After the laptop rebooted, I went to log in and all hell
broke loose. Every time I pressed a different key on the
keyboard, random windows, apps and messages popped
up. I didn’t know what was going on as I’ve never had anything like this happen in all the time I’ve been working on
computers and laptops.
I suspected a keyboard fault, so I plugged in a USB keyboard, but the same thing happened. This didn’t really
prove anything anyway, as the onboard keyboard was
still connected and any fault with it would still affect the
USB keyboard.
I wanted to test the onboard keyboard, so I decided to
wipe the Windows partition and revert to the earlier version of Windows 10. After reverting to the earlier version
of Windows 10, I logged in and opened Notepad to test
the keyboard.
I was correct that there was a fault with the onboard keyboard. The W and the 5 keys did not work, but the 5 did
work on the numeric keypad. Then I found that lower case
B worked, but if I pressed the shift key to get an uppercase
B, I got nothing. But if I pressed the Caps Lock key, I could
get an uppercase B.
Now I wanted to make sure that there were no other problems with the laptop, and that the problem with it going
crazy was caused by the faulty keyboard. I checked on
eBay and I could get a replacement aftermarket keyboard
for $35, including postage, so I would consider that later.
It looked like removing the keyboard would be tricky,
as there was no obvious way to remove it. Other laptops
may have a removable panel or obvious signs of clips to
depress, but this laptop had neither. I searched for a YouTube video on how to remove the keyboard, but there was
none for the P750, only other Toshiba models.
I remembered that some time ago I had to replace a keyboard on a laptop and in that case, removing
the optical drive allowed the keyboard to
be pushed up and unclipped. So I removed
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
the optical drive, but there was no
access to the keyboard. However,
a closer look showed a small clip
that was accessible.
I used a small screwdriver to
lift the clip, and the corner of the
keyboard popped up, enabling
me to carefully lift it, popping
another clip. I could see that
there was something else holding
the keyboard in besides the clips,
and I found two screws on the
back that needed to be removed.
Now the keyboard lifted up and
I could disconnect the connector
to remove it.
I plugged in the USB keyboard, booted into Windows
and I upgraded to version
21H2 with no problems; I
could now log on without everything going
haywire. So the fault was indeed with the original keyboard. Before ordering a replacement keyboard,
though, I wanted to check the RAM.
I removed the cover over the RAM and I found that
the two 4GB modules were not a matched pair. One was
1333MHz, and the other was 10600S. I checked my stock
of RAM and found two matching 4GB modules that were
rated 12800S, so I fitted them.
I tried to boot from the MemTest86 CD, but the laptop
just kept booting into Windows. I wondered if the USB
keyboard had anything to do with it, so I reconnected the
onboard keyboard to see if that made any difference, but
it didn’t. After several attempts, I decided to try logging
in to Windows again and, to my astonishment, I was able
to log in successfully.
What happened? It seemed that the keyboard was now
working properly. I opened Notepad and checked the keyboard again and it worked perfectly. The only thing I could
think of is that the keyboard connector had not been sitting correctly previously, although it looked OK when I’d
removed the keyboard.
I would need to remove the hard drive to test the RAM
because apparently Windows 10 had installed some sort
of boot loader to prevent the laptop from booting from
any non-Windows 10 media. This is probably a ‘security
siliconchip.com.au
feature’, but it’s very inconvenient.
I removed the hard drive and
was able to boot the MemTest86+ CD to check the RAM,
which tested good.
The next day, I switched
on the laptop and when I
went to log into Windows, the
problem with random apps
opening recurred. So the keyboard had ‘unfixed’ itself and
it would need to be replaced.
I ordered a new keyboard
on eBay and waited for it to
arrive.
Seeing that I had removed
the old keyboard, I had
good access to the CPU
fan, so I could clean it
and the heatsink. I took
the laptop out to my workshop and
I used a small screwdriver to stop the
fan from spinning while I blew the dust out of the heatsink through the side exhaust slot. Then I cleaned the fan
with a damp cotton bud, ready to install the new keyboard
when it arrived.
It took 10 days for the keyboard to arrive and it worked
fine when fitted, so I could continue setting the computer
up. I don’t like the Windows 10 start menu, as it’s much
harder to use than the old Windows XP start menu, so we
use Classic Shell to set the start menu to the Windows XP
style, which is far more practical.
We use a lot of portable software, like browsers and other
applications, so I would now copy it onto the new laptop.
We do not use the default Windows folders for downloads,
documents, photos and other data, which is all stored on
D:\drive for convenient access and backup. This makes
finding files easy, instead of having to fish through Windows folders to find things.
With everything now set up, the laptop was ready to use.
For a bit of work, $35 for a new keyboard and a replacement hard drive I already had, I now had a good working
Core i7 laptop with Windows 10 that was ready to use.
This refurbishment was fairly straightforward compared
to some of the laptops I’ve worked on previously.
Bruce Pierson, Dundathu, Qld.
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 89
Bruel & Kjaer sound level calibrator model 4230 repair
The B&K calibrator is an expensive item even second-
hand, but I was able to buy it online for a song, hoping
that it was OK. If not, I felt I had enough instrumentation
to check and repair it, so I took the risk.
It is described by the manufacturer as “a simple to use,
pocket size acoustic calibrator which gives an accurate
sound pressure level of 94dB at 1,000Hz”, so how difficult would it be to check this instrument out if there were
any problems?
It arrived in the mail missing its leather case (hence the
low price); it had been placed inside a small foil-lined plastic bag. The description on eBay said it was in “working
order”. I opened the battery compartment only to find the
9V battery clip broken and badly corroded.
I managed to extract the circuit board (which was retained
by a tiny screw) and soldered a new battery clip to it. I then
fitted what I thought to be a fresh battery.
I pressed the button to activate the device and, sure
enough, out came a 1kHz tone. A half-inch (12.7mm)
pre-calibrated microphone showed a sound pressure level
of exactly 94dB, and I was happy that it all looked good!
The B&K manual states that the signal will last up to one
minute with a new battery, but this calibrator signal continued for longer... much longer! It continued even when
I left it to go to lunch.
I replaced the battery because I had no idea what would
happen with a flat battery as opposed to a healthy one;
would it go on for longer than a minute or shorter than a minute? The manual didn’t say. The same problem occurred. I
unclipped the battery to stop the thing from oscillating and
flattening the battery, then turned to the manual for clues.
Fortunately, the seller kindly included the complete
manual plus a loose-leaf page from a service manual. It had
an assembly diagram, a PCB layout with all components, a
parts list and also a circuit diagram (shown below). It also
described the checking procedure and how the calibrator
could be adjusted.
The circuit indicates that a press of button N1 temporarily short circuits C4, a 100μF capacitor, and when it starts
to re-charge via R11 and R12, it activates the calibrator and
sets up oscillations via V2 and the L1/C2 network, activated by V4 and V6.
Once C4 is fully charged, V5 switches the oscillator off;
this takes approximately 10 seconds. My reasoning was that
C4 was probably faulty, so I replaced it and that restored
everything to normal.
Now I could understand why the 9V clip was broken; the
operator had to pull the battery out every time the calibrator was finished for the day! It was corroded because the
battery was probably left in for extended periods in a discharged condition when the operator forgot to pull it out.
Now I have a really accurate microphone calibrator and
am looking for an original leather case. I guess the plastic
bag is a small compromise for a bargain price!
Allan Linton-Smith, Turramurra, NSW.
Don’t drink and drive (a wheelchair)
I worked in the IT department of a corporate enterprise,
but was trained as an electronic engineer with a known aptitude for repairing gear. In the department were two smart
colleagues, who could only move one hand and relied on
an electric wheelchair for mobility.
I assisted them in various chair adjustments to improve
comfort over the years and was always willing to help them
out. One day I was called over and told, “My chair had an
accident and won’t drive properly now and needs some
adjustments.” So I packed a bag of tools and headed off on
the 30-minute drive.
When I arrived, my colleague was in a manually operated
chair, with the electric chair in the corner. I asked what
had happened to try to determine how we had arrived at
the current situation. Well... it turns out they engaged in
friendly games of poker on Friday nights, including various quantities of beer and whisky.
In the course of game play, while throwing chips in etc,
The Bruel & Kjaer 4230 sound
level calibrator circuit is
pleasingly simple.
90
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
a rather full glass of whisky got knocked over, and the contents flowed across the tray table on the chair and into the
major control box via the joystick. As a result, the chair
had taken off and veered into a table leg, and twisted the
foot mounts before it was switched off.
I had never worked on a microprocessor-controlled
wheelchair before, but knew they were somewhat regulated and had multiple user profiles for speed, acceleration
and sensitivity. This particular user had a high-sensitivity
controller. I said I would take a look, but couldn’t guarantee anything.
Rather than switch it on full of whisky, I proceeded to
remove the controller and joystick assemblies from the
chair. While these are normally sealed, the corrugated rubber around the joystick had seen better days, and had several tears in it that enabled the outside to get in.
I removed the rubber overlay and the joystick from the
controller, inverted the control box, and extracted at least
two shots of dark-brown liquid! Quite a drinking session,
I thought, while also wondering if I could rescue it.
Thinking about the best way to clean it, I decided that
even more alcohol may be the best ‘solution’. I carried a
container of IPA (isopropyl alcohol) for cleaning PCBs, but
had not planned a full assembly wash-out. I proceeded to
pour several more shots of IPA (not beer!) into the joystick
and controller, swished it around and lightly brushed it
in, around and under the electronic boards and joystick
mechanics.
The joystick was a Hall-effect type, so thankfully there
were no potentiometers to gum up. I felt further joy when
I examined the control board and discovered there were
no adjustment pots on it either. The good thing about software adjustments is that whisky cannot make its way into
non-volatile memory.
When I poured the IPA out, there was still some colour
to it (it’s clear when pure), so I repeated the procedure until
it came out clear.
The joystick X-Y mechanism had a very light sliding
spring on the shaft to help the return it to the centre. As
the user needed the lightest control possible, meaning it
had to return to the centre null reliably, I ensured the X-Y
bushings were clean, and the sprung bush sliding on the
control shaft was returning to the centre reliably.
I further cleaned the few plugs and connectors, and
applied a spray of DeOXIT on the connections, then plugged
it back together. Not having any operational experience in
wheelchair control, I nervously powered it up.
A bargraph lit up to indicate the battery voltage was OK
(24V DC) and the chair just sat there. That was good, I was
told. Moving the stick forward, I was rewarded with a click
and forward motion. My these things are sensitive! Further testing showed that left, right and back all responded
as expected.
After resetting the mechanical footrests, reattaching the
control box and adjusting it to the user’s needs, he was
mobile again. I suggested he may want to go to his chair
dealer and get it checked out, but he said he had confidence
in me and left it. I know it kept working OK for many more
years until he upgraded it.
So it seems that whisky is not too bad for electronics,
but IPA is better. For people, it’s better to put the whisky
in their mouth and not the electronics!
SC
Dave Williams, California, USA.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 91
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 194, MATRAVILLE, NSW 2036
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
10/25
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
$15 MICROS
ATmega328P
ATtiny45-20PU
PIC12F617-I/P
110dB RF Attenuator (Jul22), Basic RF Signal Generator (Jun23)
2m VHF CW/FM Test Generator (Oct23)
Active Mains Soft Starter (Feb23), Model Railway Uncoupler (Jul23)
Battery-Powered Model Railway Transmitter (Jan25)
PIC12F675-I/SN
Tiny LED Xmas Tree (Nov19)
PIC16F1455-I/P
Railway Points Controller Transmitter / Receiver (2 versions; Feb24)
Battery-Powered Model Railway TH Receiver (Jan25)
Dual Train Controller (Transmitter / TH Receiver, Oct25)
PIC16F1455-I/SL Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), USB-C Serial Adaptor (Jun24)
Battery-Powered Model Railway SMD Receiver (Jan25)
USB Programmable Frequency Divider (Feb25)
Dual Train Controller (SMD Receiver, Oct25)
PIC16LF1455-I/P New GPS-Synchronised Analog Clock (Sep22)
PIC16F1459-I/P
K-Type Thermostat (Nov23), Secure Remote Switch (RX, Dec23)
Mains Power-Up Sequencer (Feb24 | repurposed firmware Jul24)
8CH Learning IR Remote (Oct24), Heat Transfer Controller (Aug25)
Vacuum Controller (Oct25)
PIC16F1459-I/SO Multimeter Calibrator (Jul22), Buck/Boost Charger Adaptor (Oct22)
PIC16F15214-I/SN Silicon Chirp Cricket (Apr23), Mic The Mouse (Aug25)
PIC16F15214-I/P Filament Dryer (Oct24), Tool Safety Timer (May25)
PIC16F15224-I/SL Multi-Channel Volume Control (OLED Module; Dec23)
NFC IR Keyfob Transmitter (Feb25), Rotating Light (Apr25)
PIC16F18146-I/SO Compact OLED Clock & Timer (Sep24), Flexidice (Nov24)
Versatile Battery Checker (May25), RGB LED ‘Analog’ Clock (May25)
USB-C Power Monitor (Aug25)
PIC16LF15323-I/SL Remote Mains Switch (TX, Jul22), Secure Remote Switch (TX, Dec23)
STM32G030K6T6 Variable Speed Drive Mk2 (Nov24)
PIC16F1847-I/P
PIC16F18877-I/PT
Digital Capacitance Meter (Jan25)
Dual-Channel Breadboard PSU Display Adaptor (Dec22)
Wideband Fuel Mixture Display (WFMD; Apr23)
PIC16F88-I/P
Battery Charge Controller (Jun22), Railway Semaphore (Apr22)
PIC24FJ256GA702-I/SS
Ohmmeter (Aug22), Advanced SMD Test Tweezers (Feb23)
ESR Test Tweezers (Jun24)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
Advanced GPS Computer (Jun21), Touchscreen Digital Preamp (Sep21)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), Battery Manager BackPack (Aug21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
STM32L031F6P6
SmartProbe (Jul25)
$20 MICROS
ATmega32U4
ATmega644PA-AU
PIC32MK0128MCA048
PIC32MX270F256D-50I/PT
Wii Nunchuk RGB Light Driver (Mar24)
AM-FM DDS Signal Generator (May22)
Power LCR Meter (Mar25)
Digital Preamplifier (Oct25)
$25 MICROS
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SO + PIC16F1455-I/SL
Micromite Explore-40 (SC5157, Oct24)
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
$30 MICROS
PIC32MX695F512H-80I/PT Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20), Dual Hybrid Supply (Feb22)
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
DUAL TRAIN CONTROLLER MICROCONTROLLERS
(OCT 25)
PICKIT BASIC POWER BREAKOUT KIT (SC7512)
(SEP 25)
- PIC16F1455-I/P programmed with 0911024D.HEX (Transmitter)
- PIC16F1455-I/P programmed with 0911024S(or T).HEX (Receiver, TH)
- PIC16F1455-I/SL programmed with 0911024S(or T).HEX (Receiver, SMD)
firmware ending with “S.HEX” is for train 1, while “T.HEX” is for train 2
Includes all parts except the jumper wire and glue (see p39, Sep25)
MIC THE MOUSE KIT (SC7508)
Includes all parts except a CR2032 cell (see p64, Aug25)
RP2350B DEVELOPMENT BOARD
(AUG 25)
$10.00
$10.00
$10.00
$20.00
$37.50
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
ROTATING LIGHT FOR MODELS KIT
(APR 25)
PICO 2 AUDIO ANALYSER SHORT-FORM KIT (SC6772)
(MAR 25)
USB PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY DIVIDER (SC6959)
(FEB 25)
NFC PROGRAMMABLE IR KEYFOB (SC7421)
(FEB 25)
COMPACT HIFI HEADPHONE AMP (SC6885)
(DEC 24)
PICO COMPUTER
(DEC 24)
FLEXIDICE COMPLETE KIT (SC7361)
(NOV 24)
Complete kit which includes the PCB and all onboard components (see p60, Apr25):
- SMD LEDs (SC7462)
$20.00
- Through-hole LEDs (SC7463)
$20.00
The Pico Audio Analyser kit from Nov23, but with an unprogrammed Pico 2
Complete kit: includes all components (see p85, Feb25)
Complete kit: includes all required items, except the cell (see p67, Feb25)
(AUG 25)
Assembled Board: a pre-assembled PCB with all mandatory parts fitted,
optional components are sold separately below (SC7514; see p49, Aug25)
- 40-pin header (two are required, SC3189)
- 8MiB APS6404L-3SQR-SN PSRAM SOIC-8 IC (SC7530)
$50.00
$60.00
$25.00
$30.00
$70.00
$1.00ea Complete kit: includes everything except the power supply (see p47, Dec24)
$5.00
CAPACITOR DISCHARGER KIT (SC7404)
(DEC 24)
Includes the PCB and all components that mount on it, the mounting hardware
USB-C POWER MONITOR KIT (SC7489)
(AUG 25)
$30.00
Includes all non-optional parts except the case, cell & glue (see p39, Aug25)
$60.00 (without heatsink) and banana sockets (see p36, Dec24)
433MHz RECEIVER KIT (SC7447)
(JUN 25)
VERSATILE BATTERY CHECKER KIT (SC7465)
(MAY 25)
RGB LED ‘ANALOG’ CLOCK KIT (SC7416)
(MAY 25)
USB POWER ADAPTOR COMPLETE KIT (SC7433)
(MAY 25)
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts (see p66, Jun25)
Includes everything in the parts list (including the case), except the optional
components, batteries and glue (see p30, May25)
$20.00
$65.00
Includes all the parts except the power supply. When buying the kit select either a BZ-121
GPS module or Pico W (unprogrammed) for the time source (see p66, May25)
$65.00
Includes everything in the parts list and a choice of one USB socket: USB-C power only;
USB-C power+data; Type-B mini; or Type-B micro (see p80, May25)
$10.00
PICO/2/COMPUTER (SC7468)
(APR 25)
433MHz TRANSMITTER KIT (SC7430)
(APR 25)
Includes an assembled PCB, separate Raspberry Pi Pico 2 and front/rear panels $120.00
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts (see p75, Apr25)
$20.00
For full functionality both the Pico Computer Board and Digital Video Terminal kits are
required. Items shown unbolded are optional (see p71, Dec24)
- Pico Computer Board kit (SC7374)
$40.00
- Pico Digital Video Terminal kit (SC6917)
$65.00
- PWM Audio Module kit (SC7376)
$10.00
- ESP-PSRAM64H 64Mb SPI PSRAM chip (SC7377)
$5.00
- DS3231 real-time clock SOIC-16 IC (SC5103)
$7.50
- DS3231MZ real-time clock SOIC-8 IC (SC5779)
$10.00
Includes all required parts except the coin cell (see p71, Nov24)
VARIOUS MODULES & PARTS
$30.00
- two 1nF ±1% capacitors (ESR Meter, Aug23; SC4273)
$2.50
- 5V 3-pin boost regulator module (2m CW/FM Test Generator, Oct23; SC6780) $3.00
- 5V 3-pin buck regulator module (2m CW/FM Test Generator, Oct23; SC6781) $4.00
- 0.96in 128x64 white OLED without PCB (SmartProbe, Jul25; SC7397)
$7.50
- Talema AC-1010 10A Current Transformer (SC3315)
$20.00
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable. # Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS & CASE PIECES
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
MODEL RAILWAY TURNTABLE CONTROL PCB
↳ CONTACT PCB (GOLD-PLATED)
TEST BENCH SWISS ARMY KNIFE (BLUE)
SILICON CHIRP CRICKET
GPS DISCIPLINED OSCILLATOR
SONGBIRD (RED, GREEN, PURPLE or YELLOW)
DUAL RF AMPLIFIER (GREEN or BLUE)
LOUDSPEAKER TESTING JIG
BASIC RF SIGNAL GENERATOR (AD9834)
↳ FRONT PANEL
V6295 VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT PCB SET
DYNAMIC RFID / NFC TAG (SMALL, PURPLE)
↳ NFC TAG (LARGE, BLACK)
RECIPROCAL FREQUENCY COUNTER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
PI PICO-BASED THERMAL CAMERA
MODEL RAILWAY UNCOUPLER
MOSFET VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT
ARDUINO ESR METER (STANDALONE VERSION)
↳ COMBINED VERSION WITH LC METER
WATERING SYSTEM CONTROLLER
CALIBRATED MEASUREMENT MICROPHONE (SMD)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
SALAD BOWL SPEAKER CROSSOVER
PIC PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
REVISED 30V 2A BENCH SUPPLY MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL PCB
↳ VOLTAGE INVERTER / DOUBLER
2M VHF CW/FM TEST GENERATOR
TQFP-32 PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
↳ TQFP-44
↳ TQFP-48
↳ TQFP-64
K-TYPE THERMOMETER / THERMOSTAT (SET; RED)
MODEM / ROUTER WATCHDOG (BLUE)
DISCRETE MICROAMP LED FLASHER
MAGNETIC LEVITATION DEMONSTRATION
MULTI-CHANNEL VOLUME CONTROL: VOLUME PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ OLED PCB
SECURE REMOTE SWITCH RECEIVER
↳ TRANSMITTER (MODULE VERSION)
↳ TRANSMITTER (DISCRETE VERSION
COIN CELL EMULATOR (BLACK)
IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER, 28mm SQUARE SPADE
↳ 21mm SQUARE PIN
↳ 5mm PITCH SIL
↳ MINI SOT-23
↳ STANDALONE D2PAK SMD
↳ STANDALONE TO-220 (70μm COPPER)
RASPBERRY PI CLOCK RADIO MAIN PCB
↳ DISPLAY PCB
KEYBOARD ADAPTOR (VGA PICOMITE)
↳ PS2X2PICO VERSION
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER
↳ EMBEDDED VERSION
RAILWAY POINTS CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
LASER COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
PICO DIGITAL VIDEO TERMINAL
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0190 (BLACK)
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0191 (BLACK)
ARDUINO FOR ARDUINIANS (PACK OF SIX PCBS)
↳ PROJECT 27 PCB
WII NUNCHUK RGB LIGHT DRIVER (BLACK)
SKILL TESTER 9000
PICO GAMER
ESP32-CAM BACKPACK
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (BLUE)
FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MK2
ESR TEST TWEEZERS (SET OF FOUR, WHITE)
DATE
MAR23
MAR23
APR23
APR23
MAY23
MAY23
MAY23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
SEP23
SEP23
SEP23
OCT22
SEP23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
APR24
APR24
APR24
MAY24
MAY24
MAY24
JUN24
PCB CODE
09103231
09103232
04110221
08101231
04103231
08103231
CSE220602A
04106231
CSE221001
CSE220902B
18105231/2
06101231
06101232
CSE230101C
CSE230102
04105231
09105231
18106231
04106181
04106182
15110231
01108231
01108232
01109231
24105231
04105223
04105222
04107222
06107231
24108231
24108232
24108233
24108234
04108231/2
10111231
SC6868
SC6866
01111221
01111222
01111223
10109231
10109232
10109233
18101231
18101241
18101242
18101243
18101244
18101245
18101246
19101241
19101242
07111231
07111232
01110231
01110232
09101241
09101242
16102241
16102242
07112231
07112232
07112233
SC6903
SC6904
16103241
08101241
08104241
07102241
04104241
04112231
10104241
SC6963
Price
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$4.00
$2.50
$12.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$1.50
$4.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$12.50
$2.50
$2.50
$10.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$3.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.00
$2.00
$2.00
$1.00
$3.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$20.00
$7.50
$20.00
$15.00
$10.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$10.00
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
DC SUPPLY PROTECTOR (ADJUSTABLE SMD)
↳ ADJUSTABLE THROUGH-HOLE
↳ FIXED THROUGH-HOLE
USB-C SERIAL ADAPTOR (BLACK)
AUTOMATIC LQ METER MAIN
AUTOMATIC LQ METER FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
180-230V DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
STYLOCLONE (CASE VERSION)
↳ STANDALONE VERSION
DUAL MINI LED DICE (THROUGH-HOLE LEDs)
↳ SMD LEDs
GUITAR PICKGUARD (FENDER JAZZ BASS)
↳ J&D T-STYLE BASS
↳ MUSIC MAN STINGRAY BASS
↳ FENDER TELECASTER
COMPACT OLED CLOCK & TIMER
USB MIXED-SIGNAL LOGIC ANALYSER (PicoMSA)
DISCRETE IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER (TH)
↳ SMD VERSION
MICROMITE EXPLORE-40 (BLUE)
PICO BACKPACK AUDIO BREAKOUT (with conns.)
8-CHANNEL LEARNING IR REMOTE (BLUE)
3D PRINTER FILAMENT DRYER
DUAL-RAIL LOAD PROTECTOR
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE Mk2 (BLACK)
FLEXIDICE (RED, PAIR OF PCBs)
SURF SOUND SIMULATOR (BLUE)
COMPACT HIFI HEADPHONE AMP (BLUE)
CAPACITOR DISCHARGER
PICO COMPUTER
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
↳ PWM AUDIO MODULE
DIGITAL CAPACITANCE METER
5MHZ 40A CURRENT PROBE (BLACK)
USB PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY DIVIDER
HIGH-BANDWIDTH DIFFERENTIAL PROBE
NFC IR KEYFOB TRANSMITTER
POWER LCR METER
WAVEFORM GENERATOR
PICO 2 AUDIO ANALYSER (BLACK)
PICO/2/COMPUTER
↳ FRONT & REAR PANELS (BLACK)
ROTATING LIGHT (BLACK)
433MHZ TRANSMITTER
VERSATILE BATTERY CHECKER
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK, 0.8mm)
TOOL SAFETY TIMER
RGB LED ANALOG CLOCK (BLACK)
USB POWER ADAPTOR (BLACK, 1mm)
HWS SOLAR DIVERTER PCB & INSULATING PANELS
SSB SHORTWAVE RECEIVER PCB SET
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
433MHz RECEIVER
SMARTPROBE
↳ SWD PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
DUCTED HEAT TRANSFER CONTROLLER
↳ TEMPERATURE SENSOR ADAPTOR
↳ CONTROL PANEL
MIC THE MOUSE (PCB SET, WHITE)
USB-C POWER MONITOR (PCB SET, INCLUDES FFC)
HOME AUTOMATION SATELLITE
PICKIT BASIC POWER BREAKOUT
DATE
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUL24
JUL24
JUL24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
NOV24
NOV24
NOV24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
JAN25
JAN25
FEB25
FEB25
FEB25
MAR25
MAR25
MAR25
APR25
APR25
APR25
APR25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
JUN25
JUN25
JUN25
JUN25
JUL25
JUL25
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
SEP25
SEP25
PCB CODE
Price
08106241
$2.50
08106242
$2.50
08106243
$2.50
24106241
$2.50
CSE240203A $5.00
CSE240204A $5.00
11104241
$15.00
23106241
$10.00
23106242
$12.50
08103241
$2.50
08103242
$2.50
23109241
$10.00
23109242
$10.00
23109243
$10.00
23109244
$5.00
19101231
$5.00
04109241
$7.50
18108241
$5.00
18108242
$2.50
07106241
$2.50
07101222
$2.50
15108241
$7.50
28110241
$7.50
18109241
$5.00
11111241
$15.00
08107241/2 $5.00
01111241
$10.00
01103241
$7.50
9047-01
$5.00
07112234
$5.00
07112235
$2.50
07112238
$2.50
04111241
$5.00
9049-01
$5.00
04108241
$5.00
9015-D
$5.00
15109231
$2.50
04103251
$10.00
04104251
$5.00
04107231
$5.00
07104251
$5.00
07104252/3 $10.00
09101251
$2.50
15103251
$2.50
11104251
$5.00
11104252
$7.50
10104251
$5.00
19101251
$15.00
18101251
$2.50
18110241
$20.00
CSE250202-3 $15.00
CSE250204 $7.50
15103252
$2.50
P9054-04
$5.00
P9045-A
$2.50
17101251
$10.00
17101252
$2.50
17101253
$2.50
SC7528
$7.50
SC7527
$7.50
15104251
$3.50
18106251
$2.00
BATTERY MODEL RAILWAY TRANSMITTER
↳ THROUGH-HOLE (TH) RECEIVER
↳ SMD RECEIVER
↳ CHARGER
DUAL TRAIN CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER
DIGITAL PREAMPLIFIER MAIN PCB (4 LAYERS)
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL
↳ POWER SUPPLY
VACUUM CONTROLLER MAIN PCB
↳ BLAST GATE ADAPTOR
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
OCT25
09110241
09110242
09110243
09110244
09110245
01107251
01107252
01107253
10109251
10109252
NEW & RELATED PCBs
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
$3.00
$30.00
$2.50
$7.50
$10.00
$2.50
We also sell the Silicon Chip PDFs on USB, RTV&H USB, Vintage Radio USB and more at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
Vintage Radio
The Reinartz 2 TRF receiver from
Electronics Australia
Just over 100
years ago, John
Reinartz was
the consummate
radio designer.
He was brilliant
and his circuits
put many amateur
radio enthusiasts
on the air. His
innovation opened up
shortwave as we know
it to general use.
By Philip Fitzherbert & Ian Batty
R
einartz’s publication, “The Reflection of Short Waves”, put forward theories that contradicted the
academic teachings of the day. Those
theories are now proven scientific fact.
He was the first person to plan and
take part in trans-Atlantic two-way
communication at 100 metres (3MHz).
He is also credited with contact from
the US to England, and from the US
to Australia, both for the first time,
using 20 metres (15MHz). This was
an incredibly short wavelength for
the time.
In the very early 1920s, Reinartz published a circuit for a two-valve receiver,
a TRF circuit with adjustable feedback,
which was published in the American
Radio Relay League’s QST magazine,
in the June 1921 edition. It was later
updated for the March 1922 edition.
Reinartz went on to head up the
US Navy Radio and Radar Laboratory
during World War 2. He held many
patents, but never profited from any of
them. Reinartz was honoured by many
94
Silicon Chip
organisations in his lifetime; he was a
real pioneer of early radio.
Fast forward to July 1984. Interest in early radio circuits was fairly
strong and Electronics Australia published an article by David Whitby on a
receiver based on Reinartz’s. This used
parts available in 1984, as opposed to
its 1920s forebears, although some of
them (like the valves) were already
obsolete at the time, being available
only as ‘new old stock’ (NOS).
The kit was manufactured by Technicraft of Katoomba, NSW, and sold by
several outlets.
The unit was designed to look and
feel like a set from the 1920s. It is built
on a timber baseboard with a circuit
board screwed to it (not a printed circuit board). It has sockets for the valves
and the plug-in spiderweb coils. It
carries connection points for headphones, aerial, Earth and other necessary voltages.
The baseboard is pre-drilled,
and instructions for assembly are
Australia's electronics magazine
provided. The baseboard was unfinished as supplied, but normal staining,
polyurethane gloss coating and much
sanding gives a very pleasant appearance on which to build the receiver.
Circuit details
The full circuit is shown in Fig.1; it
is based on Reinartz’s design. The set
uses the 200pF section of a double-
gang tuning capacitor to tune the main
winding of the plug-in coil. It uses
what was called a ‘leaky grid’ regenerative detector.
The antenna tuned circuit feeds to
the grid of the first VT50 valve (V1).
From the anode of the VT50, the second (90pF) section of the tuning capacitor forms the basis of the regeneration. This arrangement gives some
regeneration circuit ‘tracking’, so you
don’t have to continually fiddle with
the reaction as you tune to different
frequencies.
The reaction control is fine-tuned by
a Philips “Beehive” trimmer capacitor
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the Reinartz-derived radio receiver circuit from Electronics Australia, July 1984, page 54. Capacitances are in
microfarads (μF) unless otherwise stated, similarly resistance is in ohms (W).
in series with the reaction coil, which
is thus able to control the RF current
through the coil. Adjustment of the
capacitor provides precise control
of the amount of positive feedback
(regeneration).
The physical layout here is interesting. The trimmer is fitted horizontally
on the circuit board. Its top is connected to a threaded shaft, which exits
via the front panel. This is a very clever
use of modern parts, which I’m sure
would have appealed to John Reinartz!
This set’s circuit follows the later
March 1922 outline. It added a second valve to give better matching to a
set of headphones. This is described
further below.
L3 is an RF choke that prevents loading of the regeneration system by the
following stage(s). It also operates in
conjunction with bypass capacitor C5
to prevent RF currents from passing to
the output stage. An RF choke in this
position was always a feature of the
Reinartz sets.
siliconchip.com.au
The VT50 medium-μ triode is an
ex-RAF (UK) disposal item, designed
in the 1920s. First manufactured in
the USA in 1924, it is identical to the
HL2K.
The second valve, again a VT50,
gets its drive via C6 into the grid of
the valve, which is used as an audio
amplifier for driving the headphones.
The original circuit allows a choice
of values for demodulator load R2 and
output grid return R3. As built, these
were 100kW and 1MW, respectively.
How good is it?
For any two-valve set to give 1mW
of output with just 5mV of signal
in is pretty impressive. While 1mW
doesn’t sound like much, it’s loud for
headphones. For ordinary listening,
the level would be in the hundreds of
microwatts range.
The set tuned from the middle of the
broadcast band at 1.05MHz, up past
the 180m Ham band at 1.75MHz, and
up to 2.7MHz.
Australia's electronics magazine
Tuning was affected by the antenna
– no surprise, as it connects directly
via C1 onto the stator of the main tuning capacitor, C2a.
The best sensitivity was gained at
2.5MHz. This gave 1mW of output
with full regeneration for only 5mV
input with 400Hz modulation. The
RF bandwidth, for a 3dB drop-off, was
about ±500Hz (really!).
With no regeneration, it spread
out to ±177kHz, and needed around
140mV of RF input to give the 1mW
audio output. This implies that regeneration increases the demodulator’s
stage gain by around 30 times. It’s the
equivalent of another HL2K running
at full gain.
Take your pick: you can have great
sensitivity with a signal that sounds
like it’s coming through a drainpipe,
or the channel just next to your station
(possibly more than one!).
With moderate regeneration, the
audio response was -3dB down at
2.5kHz. I should mention that the
October 2025 95
Photos 1 & 2: the top view of the set with the reaction control in the centre
highlighted is shown here, while the wiring hidden under the base is shown in
the photo at lower right – it couldn’t be much simpler!
low-frequency cutoff is 22Hz (really,
again). With only one coupling capacitor, it shouldn’t be surprising that
the demodulator’s low-frequency
response is so dramatic.
Time to tune in to Beethoven’s Ode
To Joy and experience the bass fiddles
in their full glory. You will need a good
set of earphones, though.
At its best performance, 5mV input
for 1mW output at 2.5MHz, the RF
stage is delivering some 1.2V of audio
to the output grid at maximum sensitivity. That implies that the RF stage
gain is 240 (1.2V ÷ 0.005V). Not bad
for a triode with an intrinsic gain (μ)
of just 27 times.
But the audio stage, for 1.2V input,
Fig.2: the output voltage of an ideal
triode is μ × Vg, ie, μ times the input
signal voltage (Vg). However, the
intrinsic resistance of a real triode
(Rp) forms a voltage divider with the
load resistance (Rl), reducing the
magnitude of the voltage applied to
the load.
96
Silicon Chip
only delivered about 1.4V to the headphones, a gain of just 1.2. That’s only
just more than unity. We can do better.
The model for a triode is a voltage
generator with an output of μ × Vin.
But the generator has an internal resistance, Rp, which is in series with the
load resistance, Rl – see Fig.2. The
stage gain – and thus the output voltage – will depend on the relative values of Rp and Rl, using the triode voltage gain formula:
The μ of the HL2K/VT50 is 27 at a
specified anode current of 3mA and
anode voltage of 100V. With the load
as a pair of 2kW headphones, Av is
theoretically about 2.
The difference between the measured and calculated gain is easily
explained; the HL2K’s Rp is quoted
at 18kW, but that’s only for an anode
current of 3mA.
This circuit’s lower anode current
of about 1mA increases Rp, so its
increased series resistance means even
less voltage across the headphones’
2kW impedance. A quick back-of-theenvelope indicates an effective Rp of
around 40kW.
So, why bother with the second valve at all? It’s a question dating back to Lee de Forest’s low-gain
Audions, with a μ value less than
5. Still, the Audion’s low output
impedance allowed it to drive
a transformer. Using a primary-
secondary step-up in the transformer
allowed the stage to develop substantial power gain, with the Audion itself
needing virtually no driving power
into its grid.
The first valve needs a load impedance of 50~100kW to give useful voltage gain. Shunting that with headphones would drastically cut the
stage gain, so the second valve’s main
function – as originally designed –
is to present virtually no loading to
the first valve, thereby allowing the
demodulator to develop its full potential gain.
But a stage gain barely more than
unity? Raising the load impedance
would increase the second stage’s gain,
so I switched my Marconi TF8793A
wattmeter up to a 20kW load impedance.
With that, I got a voltage gain
of around 6.6, increasing the set’s
Fig.3: a redrawn version of the circuit from Fig.1. Resistors R2 & R3 can be a
range of values as shown in Fig.1.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
V
intage Radio Collection
now covering March 1988 – December 2024
Updated with over 35 years of content
Includes every Vintage Radio article published in Silicon Chip from March 1988 to December
2024. In total it contains nearly 500 articles to read.
Supplied as quality PDFs on a 32GB custom USB
All articles are supplied at 300DPI, providing a more detailed image over the print magazine.
Physical and digital versions available
Buying the USB gives you access to the downloadable copies at no extra charge. Or if you prefer,
you can just buy the download version of the Collection.
$70 PDF Download
SC4721
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3/4721
$80 USB + Download
SC6139
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3/6139
sensitivity to under 1mV of RF input
for 1mW out.
This higher impedance could be
provided by a suitable 3:1 audio transformer, making the 2kW headphones
appear as a 20kW load to the valve.
This would also give better fidelity at
full volume. The HL2K’s low anode
current had it clipping at 1mW output
with the 2kW load, while the 20kW load
allowed a visually perfect sinewave of
around 4.5V peak-to-peak to develop
the 1mW output.
Considering that a 1mV RF signal, modulated at the standard 30%,
contains only about 0.3mV of audio,
it looks like the overall gain from
antenna terminal to output is around
15,000 times (4.5V ÷ 0.0003V). Beat
that!
We noticed one peculiarity in the
design: neither of Reinartz’s two
original circuits (like the March
1922 QST circuit) include a resistor
from grid to ground for the demodulator, or any other form of biasing.
This omission had frustrated Lee de
Forest’s application of the Audion
at audio frequencies, and was remedied by Lowenstein’s 1917 “Grid
Bias” patent.
Considering Reinartz’s formidable
engineering skills, this omission cannot be a mistake. We sense a mystery
lurking in this simple design. Perhaps,
dear reader, you can help us out.
Postage starts at $12 within Australia for
the USB. See our website for overseas &
express post rates.
A final note; the HL2K/VT50 uses
the “British” B4 base (Fig.4). This has
pin 1 offset to provide indexing, unlike
the American UX4, which has two
large and two small pins (the follow-on
B5 adds a fifth pin in the centre).
The B4’s numbering is unusual, with
pin 1 opposite pin 2, then pin 3 opposite pin 4. While it’s not obvious from
the circuit diagram, this method places
the anode and grid connections opposite each other, with the filament connections (at RF/audio ground) between
to provide some shielding.
The UX4 places anode and grid adjacent to each other, with an increased
possibility of undesirable output-
SC
input coupling and instability.
Fig.4: the B4 valve base has pins
1 & 2 offset from the centre, so it
can only be inserted one way, even
though all four pins are the same
size.
siliconchip.com.au
October 2025 97
SOnline
ilicon Chip
Shop
Kits, parts and much more
www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
Rotating Lights
April 2025
Dual Mini LED Dice
August 2024
USB Power Adaptors
May 2025
SMD LED Complete Kit
SC7462: $20
TH LED Complete Kit
SC7463: $20
SMD LED Complete Kit
SC6961: $17.50
TH LED Complete Kit
SC6849: $17.50
siliconchip.au/Article/16418
siliconchip.au/Article/18112
This kit includes everything needed to build
the Rotating Light for Models, except for a
power supply and wire.
Includes either 3mm through-hole or 1206sized SMD LEDs. Choice of either white or
black PCB. CR2032 coin cell not included.
You can choose from one of four USB sockets
(USB-C power only, USB-C power+data, mini-B
or micro-B). The kit includes all other parts.
siliconchip.au/Article/17930
Compact HiFi Headphone Amplifier
Complete Kit
SC6885: $70
Complete Kit
with choice of USB socket
SC7433: $10
Capacitor Discharger
December 2024
December 2024
& January 2025
siliconchip.au/Series/432
This kit includes everything required to build the Compact HiFi Headphone Amplifier. The case is
included, but you will need your own power supply.
USB-C Serial Adaptor
Complete Kit
SC6652: $20.00
June 2024
siliconchip.au/Article/16291
Includes the PCB,
programmed
microcontroller
and all other parts
required to build
the Adaptor.
Short-Form Kit
SC7404: $30
siliconchip.au/Article/17310
Includes the PCB, resistors, semis, mounting
hardware and banana sockets. Case, heatsink,
thermal switch and wiring are not supplied.
→ Subscribers receive a 10% discount on all purchases, except for subscriptions (postage is not discounted).
→ Prices listed do not include postage. Postage rates within Australia start at $12, rates are calculated at the checkout.
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
RGB LED Analog Clock
quirks
I would like to share my experience
with the RGB LED Analog Clock (May
2025; siliconchip.au/Article/18126). I
built it from the Silicon Chip kit and
everything was straightforward. When
it came to soldering the LEDs, I put one
at 12 o’clock, one at 3 o’clock, one at
6 o’clock and one at 9 o’clock to balance the board and make them easy
to solder. Then I added one at each
of the number locations until I had
twelve fitted.
The soldering went well, with only
a few bridges, which I cleaned up with
solder wick. When I tested it as per the
instructions, I got what I thought were
odd results. I could see it was trying
to scan around the LEDs, but the one
at the 6 o’clock location (LED31) was
lit blue. I initially thought this was
a fault, as the other LEDs were also
dimly flashing other colours.
In the end, I fitted all the LEDs
and, when tested, they all chased
correctly. I then realised that the blue
illuminated LED was indicating the
baud rate. I have the version with the
GPS module, and at first, could not
get it to lock the time. I placed the
unit next to the largest window in my
house, but it still did not lock. I left it
on for an hour, and when I came back,
it had acquired the time.
I adjusted the settings, and all was
well except the AM and PM indicators
do not work. They do light in the test
mode; can you suggest why they don’t
light during operation?
Also, now that the clock is mounted
on the wall above a window in my
workshop, it sometimes loses lock for
up to several minutes and then locks
back in. I presume it is because it has
lost signal from the satellites, but I
find it odd that it comes and goes. Can
anything be done to improve reception? The GPS module is mounted
where shown in the instructions. (P.
M., Christchurch, NZ)
● The software checks to see if
either AM/PM LED is present by
applying a pull-up/pull-down current and seeing if it conducts to the
Component substitutions in SSB Shortwave Receiver
I am building the recent SSB Shortwave Receiver (June & July 2025; siliconchip.au/
Series/441) and have some questions about sourcing the parts. I am wondering if
it is okay to use 0.315mm enamelled copper wire (ECW) in lieu of 0.35mm to wind
the 3-10MHz toroid (T1) and 0.63mm in lieu of 0.6mm (T2). Jaycar sells these
diameters of ECW, and I’d rather source it locally than order online.
As for the 100μH axial inductor, that value isn’t available at Jaycar or Altronics.
Would a 150μH inductor be OK instead? 100μH ferrite chokes for high-frequency
applications are available, but I suspect they’re not suitable for this receiver. (T.
R., Manly, NSW)
● In the frequency range that the radio operates, the skin effect will dominate the
current-carrying capability of those diameters of wire. There will be a tiny change
in geometry, but that should not make any noticeable difference. To summarise,
the wire gauge is not critical; the thicknesses we provided were more of a guide
than strict specifications.
Using the 0.315mm wire will make the 42 turns fit slightly more easily compared
to the specified 0.35mm wire. The change in Q would be insignificant for either
substitution.
It’s strange that Altronics sells 68μH and 150μH RF inductors but not the very
common value of 100μH. Jaycar’s website says that the LF1534 is still available in
some stores; you could probably get the staff to transfer some to your local store.
These inductors are just being used to block AC on the supply to the drains of
Mosfets Q8 & Q9, so the value is not critical. 150μH would also work. Of course, there
are plenty of 100μH axial RF inductors available online, including from AliExpress.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
opposite pin. We are not sure why
that would fail, as it worked reliably
on our prototype, but it seems it has
failed in your case.
One solution would be to reflash the
chip with software that is hard-coded
to drive them no matter what. We can
supply a modified HEX file if you have
the ability to reflash it (SNAP programmers are pretty cheap these days).
If you’re experiencing GPS signal
drop-outs, you might want to consider
trying a WiFi time source (WiFi Time
Source for GPS Clocks, June 2023;
siliconchip.au/Article/15823). The
signal must be marginal; there are reasons why it may come and go, including the satellites moving through the
sky, and sources of interference coming and going.
Another option would be to use
a GPS module like the Neo-7M or
Neo-8M (we sell the 7M, Cat SC6737)
with an external antenna. But that
assumes you have a better place to
put the antenna and a way to route
the cable there.
More on ferrite bead
properties
I read Nicholas Vinen’s Editorial
Viewpoint in the April 2025 edition on
ferrite beads. I understood it all except
for the statement in the third-last paragraph, that “Much of the impedance is
real resistance, but not all”.
My understanding is that the ferrite bead offers inductive reactance,
which increases with frequency until,
as shown by the accompanying curves,
capacitive leakage starts to take over.
Resistance would remain mostly constant. Am I misunderstanding what
Nicholas meant by “real resistance”?
(E. B., Bayview, NSW)
● We suggest you read this PDF
from Abracon, especially pages 4 & 5,
where it explains the resistance and
gives a graph: siliconchip.au/link/ac8a
The key point to realise is that a
typical LC circuit tuned to a resonant
frequency is a high-Q network, meaning it has a sharp, narrow impedance
October 2025 99
peak. Its losses are minimal; it stores
and exchanges energy between the
inductor and capacitor, rather than
dissipating it.
A ferrite bead, on the other hand,
is deliberately made lossy and low-Q.
At its ‘resonance’, the inductive and
capacitive reactances largely cancel,
leaving the resistive losses of the ferrite material to dominate. This broad,
flat impedance characteristic is what
allows it to dampen a wide frequency
band, instead of acting like a narrow
filter.
How is battery power
fed back to the grid?
As usual, Silicon Chip is full of fascinating articles. Some of them I can
even understand! (B.E. Elec., U. of
Qld, 1961). Brandon Speedie’s Power
Grid articles share useful info about
solar generation and battery storage
(March & April 2025; siliconchip.au/
Series/437). His Figs.11 & 12 explain
how power from the solar array is fed
to the grid and stored.
Still, I am puzzled about how the
power from the battery storage is fed
back into the load.
Are the DC/DC converters bidirectional devices? A brief explanation of
the workings of such a device would
be appreciated. (J. A., Diamond Creek,
Vic)
● Brandon’s article shows two possible ways to do this, but there are actually about five or six different methods
in use for connecting battery banks to
PV solar systems.
His Fig.11 (AC-coupled retrofit): A
battery bank is added with its own
inverter/charger connected to the
mains AC. The solar inverter delivers power to the grid, and the battery
inverter takes some of this power to
charge the batteries.
When discharging, the battery
inverter feeds AC back into the grid.
This method is simple to retrofit but
relatively inefficient (due to double
conversion) and uses extra hardware,
so it is less cost-effective for new
builds. Examples include the Tesla
Powerwall, SMA Sunny Island and
Selectronic SP Pro (AC-coupled).
His Fig.12 (DC-coupled with bidirectional DC/DC): Here, the DC/DC
stage is bidirectional, as shown by
the double-ended arrows. It charges
the batteries from the PV array when
Versatile
there’s surplus, and can discharge
them back into the inverter’s DC bus.
The inverter then converts this power
into AC and exports it to the grid.
This avoids duplicating inverters,
but still involves extra conversion
steps. Examples include Huawei/LG
Chem systems and SolarEdge DC-
coupled storage.
Hybrid inverters: These integrate
PV and battery inputs into a single
inverter stage. By handling charging/
discharging directly on the DC bus,
they avoid double conversion, improving efficiency and simplifying installation. The limitation is that they usually
require new installs and support only
approved batteries. Example systems
include Sungrow, Fronius GEN24 and
Victron Multiplus with MPPT.
Simple charge-controller systems:
An MPPT charge controller charges
batteries directly from PV. A separate
inverter then draws from the batteries
to supply AC. This approach is common in smaller or off-grid setups, but
less efficient, doesn’t scale well, and is
usually chosen because the hardware
is inexpensive.
DC bus/multi-port systems: A central DC bus accepts multiple sources
Battery
Checker
This tool lets you check the condition of most
common batteries, such as Li-ion, LiPo, SLA, 9V batteries, AA, AAA,
C & D cells; the list goes on. It’s simple to use – just connect the battery to the
terminals and its details will be displayed on the OLED readout.
Versatile Battery Checker Complete Kit (SC7465, $65+post)
Includes all parts and the case required to build the Versatile Battery Checker, except the optional
programming header, batteries and glue
See the article in the May 2025 issue for more details: siliconchip.au/Article/18121
100
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
(PV, batteries, EVs, even fuel cells). A
single inverter manages the blend and
synchronises with the grid. These systems are highly efficient and flexible,
but often proprietary and more expensive. Examples include Schneider,
Delta and Huawei multi-port inverters.
Distributed AC-coupled (microinverter) systems: Each panel has its
own microinverter, and modular batteries have their own small inverters/
chargers. Everything is AC-coupled,
which makes the system highly modular and resilient but less efficient. A
good example is the Enphase IQ system with Encharge batteries.
Finding a replacement
for an unusual LCD
I’m searching for a replacement LCD
module for a pool chlorinator and have
found your shop item, Cat SC4203.
Could you please provide some more
details or confirm whether it is a
direct replacement for the Longtech
LCM2004D3 seen in the photo opposite? (S. G., via email)
● It will not be a direct replacement.
Our module has all the connections
in a row, while yours looks like it has
the backlight connections on the edge
and data connections at the top. Also,
yours has fewer pins, indicating it may
be an SPI or I2C display, not parallel.
We found a couple of options from
Mouser that look similar to your module, but we can’t guarantee they are
suitable replacements:
siliconchip.au/link/ac87
siliconchip.au/link/ac88
While those screens are not an exact
match for yours, the pinouts look very
similar, if not identical. Based on the
specifications on Mouser’s website,
they almost certainly use SPI/I2C serial
interfaces.
Modifying the Mains
Power-Up Sequencer
I’m looking at building the Mains
Power-Up Sequencer (February
and March 2024; siliconchip.au/
Series/412). My intention is to use
the ‘current detect’ option to power a
floodlight when the submersible pump
feeding the house water supply on my
rural property switches on.
The LED floodlight will be visible
from the house so that I can monitor
the pump operation; if the pump and
floodlight are operating when they
siliconchip.com.au
shouldn’t be, I’ll know that there’s a
leak in the system somewhere.
The text of the article states, “It
should be noted that the Sequencer is
not designed for electric motors such
as power tools”, but I’m not clear why.
The pump is rated at 1100W and I
don’t see any components in the current path of the Sequencer that could
not handle the resulting current draw.
I’ve measured the power consumption of the pump using a cheap Bauhn
power meter at 900W with one tap
turned on; I presume it would be
higher with multiple taps turned on
because the pump would be working harder. Possibly, the comment
means that the project doesn’t provide ‘soft start’ functionality (which
is not an issue for this application) or,
maybe it relates only to the secondary
(switched) appliances.
Would this project be suitable for
my application and, if not, why not,
and would it be feasible to modify the
circuit to suit?
The equipment in question is a
Divertron 1200 submersible single-
phase pump, described as having an
asynchronous motor. It has an integrated controller that activates the
pump when a tap is turned on, rather
than a freestanding controller. Hence,
the switched mains is not available to
power the LED floodlight.
The Bauhn power meter reports 1W
of consumption when the pump is in
standby, ie, powered on but not operating because no taps are on. Hopefully, that wouldn’t cause any false
triggering. The slave LED floodlight
Australia's electronics magazine
on OUT2 is about 10W. I’ve been reading your magazine for many years and
Electronic Australia, then R, TV & H
before that. I enjoy it immensely and
really look forward to the magazine
arriving in my letterbox each month.
(T. F., Little Hartley, NSW)
● The Mains Power-Up Sequencer
should be suitable for your purpose.
The reason we suggested not using the
sequencer with electric motors is that
they can draw a very high startup current of up to 10 times the rated current,
and the Triac is not rated for such a
high peak current flow.
However, in your application, you
are only switching lighting and just
need to detect when the pump is
on or off. You could just bypass the
OUT1 Triac by not installing it; leave
off the relay and associated parts so
that the mains Active input and output are directly connected by a wire
that passes through the current transformer. The water pump’s current
flow will be sensed to switch on output OUT2, where you would connect
your light.
Oversight in Mains
Power-Up Sequencer
I built the Mains Power-Up
Sequencer (February & March 2024;
siliconchip.au/Series/412) using your
kit with the original firmware (A) and
components as per the parts list to support Mains Detection.
It has assembled quite well, despite
not having the holes for the cable
ties for the toroids in the PCB. Once
October 2025 101
finished, I checked everything as per
the assembly instructions and then
performed the initial test; that seemed
OK. I then went to the test for the
Mains Detection using the changed
status of S1.
The unit powers on and, without
any lead in the Mains Detect input,
it cycles as though it is still doing
the initial test. It cycles up after each
delay to light all four outputs, then
starts the switch-off cycle with delays.
Once finished, it starts the cycle again.
I checked the S1 switch connection
to pin 12 of the PIC, and it was at 0V
(indicating Mains Detect mode, as
expected).
I am now a bit lost as I believe that
with the main power on, nothing
should happen with any output until
the Mains Detect input was powered.
This is currently not the case. Have I
missed something? (J. H., Glass House
Mountains, Qld)
● There was an oversight in the
instructions regarding which components to fit for the Mains Detection
option. We published an erratum in the
July 2025 issue explaining this. There
is a 10μF electrolytic capacitor next to
pin 4 of IC10 that’s shown inside the
Current Detection section, suggesting
it only needs to be fitted if using the
Current Detection feature.
This capacitor is actually required
for both the Current Detection and
Mains Detection features, so please
add it, as it helps to reject EMI/RFI.
Without it, in a high-EMI environment,
the unit may falsely trigger, even if
there is no voltage at the Mains Detection input.
are compatible, so either transmitter
can be used with either receiver. They
have a different PCB and they use different enclosures.
Compatibility between
Secure Remote Switches
I wanted to build an active direct
injection (DI) box, and was wondering
if the Balanced/Unbalanced Converter
from the June 2008 issue (siliconchip.
au/Article/1857) could be used as the
basis for a DI box. If so, are any changes
required? I want to build two or three
into the one cabinet to use as a live
recording setup.
I realise that the input impedance
should be high for a guitar input, and
wondered if it is the input components
or the op amp that determine the input
impedance. As for the balanced-to-
unbalanced side of the same project,
I am thinking of using it to convert a
balanced line-level signal to unbalanced headphone amp inputs.
Thanks and keep up the great work.
(A. S., Collector, NSW)
You published a Secure Remote
Mains Switch project in July & August
2022 (siliconchip.au/Series/383) and
a slightly different Secure Remote
Switch in December 2023 & January
2024 (siliconchip.au/Series/408), both
by John Clarke. The former is designed
to switch 230V AC loads, while the latter is optimised for 12/24V DC loads.
Are these projects compatible? In
other words, is it possible to use the
transmitter from one with the receiver
of the other, and vice versa? (E. Z., Turramurra, NSW)
● The two transmitters use the
same software and similar circuits; the
power supplies differ somewhat. They
102
Silicon Chip
Dog Blaster output
frequency is too high
I recently built the Barking Dog
Blaster from the September 2012 issue
(siliconchip.au/Article/529).
The Mosfet gate pulses seem to be
at the correct frequency, but for some
strange reason, when I measure the
signal at the piezo/inductor, I get a
reading of 49kHz. I cannot get it lower
than that. It looks more like a sawtooth wave than a sinewave. Can you
throw any light on this? (S. V., Noosa
Heads, Qld)
● That the Mosfets are driven
with the correct frequency suggests
everything is working correctly up
to the Mosfets. Please check that the
transformer is wound correctly. With
regards to the sawtooth waveform, it
would help to know if that is measured
with an open-circuit output or with
the transducers connected. Also, is it
before or after the filtering?
If you are still not getting anywhere
with this, please send us an oscilloscope photo of the Mosfet drain waveforms. Still, we really think this is a
problem with the transformer winding
or connections.
The reader later replied that after
rewinding the transformer the frequency was correct.
Advice on building an
active DI box
Australia's electronics magazine
● The balanced-to-unbalanced and
unbalanced-to-balanced converter is
not ideally suited for use as a DI box
unless changes are made. A DI box provides an unbalanced high-impedance
input and a low-impedance balanced
output for driving a balanced cable.
The unbalanced input is not a
high-impedance design, although it
could be altered to increase its input
impedance by using 1MW resistors
(or 10MW if very high impedance is
required) to replace the input 100kW
and 10kW resistances. Note that guitars that include their own preamplifier don’t necessarily require a high
input impedance at the DI Box input.
The op amp does determine the
input impedance to some extent,
assuming the resistor values at the
input are sufficiently high. A JFET
input op amp like the TL072 has a
higher input impedance than the
LM833, although the LM833 has
lower distortion. You could use an
OPA2156 or OPA2134, which is a bit
more expensive but has the high input
impedance of a TL072 with better performance. The 100pF input capacitor
can be altered to match the guitar loading requirements.
For more information regarding an
active DI box, see our article on the
DI Box (August 2001; siliconchip.au/
Article/4158). Typically, a DI box also
includes a ground lift switch that lets
the user decide whether to ground the
signal to prevent hum. This could be
added to the unbalanced-to-balanced
converter.
Changing Magnetic
Preamplifier gain
I have built up the Magnetic Preamp
you described in the August 2006 issue
(siliconchip.au/Article/2740). While it
works well and I am very happy with
it generally, I am finding its output
level to be somewhat lower than the
AM radio signal of the radiogram that
I am integrating it with.
I had to replace the old unrepairable
Collaro record with a Garrard record
deck using a magnetic cartridge due to
perished idler wheels on the Collaro. I
experimentally modified the feedback
volume control pot resistance by fitting an extra 68kW in series with the
pot, and this lifts the gain to almost
enough. Of course, the volume control
now has very little effect.
continued on page 104
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Advertise your product or services here in Silicon Chip
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
FOR SALE
DAVE THOMPSON
(the Serviceman from
Silicon Chip) is available to help you with
kit assembly, project
troubleshooting, general electronics and
custom design work.
No job too small. Based in Christchurch,
New Zealand, but service available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
LEDsales
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multilayer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
August-September 2025
LEDS, BRAND NAME AND GENERIC
LEDs, filament LEDs, LED drivers,
heatsinks, power supplies, kits and
modules, components, breadboards,
hardware, magnets. Please visit www.
ledsales.com.au
PMD WAY offers (almost) everything
for the electronics enthusiast – with
full warranty, technical support and free
delivery worldwide. Visit pmdway.com
to get started.
Lazer.Security
PCB PRODUCTION
USB-C Power Monitor
Short-Form Kit
SC7489: $60
siliconchip.au/Series/445
This kit includes all non-optional parts, except
the case, lithium-ion cell and glue. It does
include the FFC (flat flexible cable) PCB.
WE HAVE QUALITY LED’S on sale,
Driver sub-assemblies, new kits and
all sorts of electronic components,
both through hole and SMD at very
competitive prices. check out the latest
deals at www.lazer.com.au
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name, address
& credit card details, or phone (02) 9939 3295.
WARNING!
Silicon Chip magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such projects
should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried
out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC
voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages,
you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should anyone
be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of Silicon Chip magazine.
Devices or circuits described in Silicon Chip may be covered by patents. Silicon Chip disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. Silicon Chip also disclaims any liability for projects
which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
October 2025 103
I would prefer to leave the existing
control in place. Looking at the circuit, it seems as though I could equally
reduce the value of the 1kW resistor in
series with the 47μF non-polarised
capacitor. Can I reduce the value of
that 1kW resistor to 470W (or even less)
without affecting the audio quality too
much? (P. W., Pukekohe, New Zealand)
● Yes, that 1kW resistor can be
reduced in value to increase the overall gain. The 47μF capacitor in series
with it would need to increase in
Advertising Index
Altronics.................................25-28
Blackmagic Design....................... 7
Dave Thompson........................ 103
Emona Instruments.................. IBC
Hare & Forbes............................... 9
Jaycar..................IFC, 11, 44-45, 53
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly....... 103
Lazer Security........................... 103
LD Electronics........................... 103
LEDsales................................... 103
Microchip Technology.............OBC
Mouser Electronics....................... 3
OurPCB Australia........................ 10
PCBWay......................................... 5
PMD Way................................... 103
SC Battery Checker................... 100
SC Christmas Decorations......... 79
SC USB-C Power Monitor......... 103
SC Vintage Radio on USB........... 97
Silicon Chip Binders.................. 67
Silicon Chip PDFs on USB......... 71
Silicon Chip Shop...........92-93, 98
Silicon Chip Subscriptions........ 52
The Loudspeaker Kit.com............ 8
Wagner Electronics..................... 91
Errata and on-sale date
433MHz Transmitter, April 2025:
Fig.3 on page 74 has the pin
labels DATA and VCC transposed.
The PCBs supplied are labelled
correctly.
Next Issue: the November 2025
issue is due on sale in newsagents
by Monday, October 27th. Expect
postal delivery of subscription
copies in Australia between October
24th and November 12th.
104
Silicon Chip
value proportionally to maintain low
frequency (bass) response. So if you
reduce the 1kW resistor to 470W, you
would change the 47μF non-polarised
capacitor be 100μF. Note that increasing the gain will increase the noise
from the preamplifier.
Transistor-controlled
Ignition system wanted
I am wondering if there is a Silicon
Chip magazine project or circuit of a
TCI (transistor controlled ignition)
module that goes on an ignition coil
for a basic lawnmower type magneto
circuit (without a 12V battery – not a
CDI system). This would be for a twostroke Victa Powertorque mower.
I can see CDI projects in 2008 and
2012, but my understanding is the
TCI module that triggers firing the
spark plug is quite different. It has
no capacitors inside, using just transistors and resistors. Some Googling
revealed a patented ignition coil TCI
module from some company called
Atom Industries in 1979 to replace a
breaker points system.
There is a magnet on the flywheel
and it obviously passes the iron core
on the ignition coil and induces a
voltage in the primary circuit. Then I
believe the voltage goes from the primary coil to the silver TCI box that has
a transistor circuit that triggers the circuit, feeding voltage to the secondary
windings and on to spark plug for firing. Basically, that TCI box replaces
the old points breaker system. (E. M.,
Kew, Vic)
● As far as we can tell, these ignitions originally used points. They
charged the coil via the flywheel magnets and closed the points, then fired
the ignition when the points opened.
They were thus a mixture of Kettering
and magneto ignition systems.
Instead of the points, they now use a
trigger coil and flywheel magnets with
either a CDI circuit or a transistor trigger, like the reverse-engineered Atom
circuit at siliconchip.au/link/ac76
Our article on Replacement CDI
Module for Petrol Motors (May 2008;
siliconchip.au/Article/1820) described
how it works for CDI versions, but it
required a separate trigger coil.
The Atom transistor unit appears to
use the primary winding of the ignition
coil as the trigger coil. The reverse-
engineered circuit linked above
should work for your lawnmower.
Australia's electronics magazine
We haven’t published such a circuit
ourselves.
Fixing an old-style
remote control
Years ago, I built the Studio Remote
Control Preamp (September-November
1993; siliconchip.au/Series/168). The
third-party remote control has now
forgotten its programming. I bought
the kit from Jaycar (Cat KC5142) but
they no longer have info on the kit in
their system and were not able to help.
I’m writing in the hope that someone
may still have an operational remote
for the preamp kicking around and
may be able to re-program mine for
me, or if there is some other method
you may know that I could use to
reprogram it.
Although the remote that came with
the kit was third party, the instructions included a circuit design for
a remote based around the MV500
Plessey semiconductor, as the kit uses
the MV601 receiver. I don’t think the
MV500 is still readily available, but if
I am wrong, please let me know. (M.
S., Melbourne, Vic)
● The remote control for the Studio
Remote Control Preamplifier used the
Plessey remote control set of chips: the
SL486 receiver and MV601 IR decoder
for the receiver, and the MV500 for the
remote unit.
The MV500 also requires a 500kHz
crystal or ceramic resonator, such as
the Murata CSB500E, and a transistor
or Mosfet to drive the infrared LED. The
receiver requires a photodiode as well.
The problem could be with any one
of these, or some other component.
Typically, the universal remote controls that are now available do not
support the Plessey infrared coding
scheme. It is an outdated method of
infrared control using high-current,
brief IR pulses.
It may be that the remote control is
operating and the receiver is faulty.
Perhaps you could test the remote
using an oscilloscope on the receiver,
looking at the signal across the infrared diode and the pin 8 output of the
SL486.
You can probably make a suitable
remote control transmitter using the
MV500 and the switches on the remote
that are there already. The MV500
and associated parts are available on
eBay; for example, see www.ebay.com/
SC
itm/323654716404
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
New
2024
Products
Oscilloscopes
New
12Bit
Scopes
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL DHO Series
RIGOL MSO-5000 Series
450MHz to 200MHz, 2/4 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 800MHz, 2/4 Ch
412Bit Vertical Resolution
4Ultra Low Noise Floor
470MHz to 350MHz, 2 Ch & 4Ch
48GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 200Mpts Memory Depth
FROM $
499
FROM $
ex GST
659
FROM $
ex GST
1,489
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
New
Product
New
Product
RIGOL DG-800/900 Pro Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-858/E
425MHz to 200MHz, 1/2 Ch
416Bit, Up to 1.25GS/s
47” Colour Touch Screen
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digits
47” Colour Touch Screen
4USB & LAN
FROM $
713
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
ex GST
725
FROM $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
689
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Product
RIGOL DP-932E
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 2 x 32V/3A & 6V/3A
43 Electrically Isolated Channels
4Internal Series/Parallel Operation
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 6.5GHz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA & EMI
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
849
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|